1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (18787 48933))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
39 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
40 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
44 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
49 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
50 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
55 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
56 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
59 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
60 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
61 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
67 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
71 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table "abbrevlist" "\
72 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
74 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
78 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
80 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
82 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
83 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
84 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
86 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
89 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
91 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
92 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
98 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
103 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
109 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
110 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
113 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
117 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
121 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
122 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
123 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
124 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (18789
126 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
128 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
130 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
131 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
132 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
133 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
135 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
137 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
138 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
139 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
141 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
143 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
144 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
145 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
146 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
147 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
148 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
150 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
152 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
153 Prompt for a change log name.
157 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
158 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
160 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
161 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
163 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
165 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
166 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
167 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
169 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
170 current buffer to the complete file name.
171 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
173 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
175 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
176 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
177 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
178 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
180 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
181 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
183 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
185 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
186 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
187 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
189 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
190 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
191 after a comma on an existing line.
193 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
194 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
197 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
198 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
201 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
202 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
204 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
206 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
207 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
208 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
209 the change log file in another window.
211 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
213 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
214 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
215 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
216 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
217 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
218 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
220 \\{change-log-mode-map}
224 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
225 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
227 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
228 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
230 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
231 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
233 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
234 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
236 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
237 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
239 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
240 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
241 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
242 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
243 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
245 Has a preference of looking backwards.
249 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
250 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
251 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
252 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
255 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
256 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
258 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
262 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
263 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
264 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (18787 48921))
265 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
267 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
268 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
269 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
270 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
271 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
272 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
273 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
274 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
275 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
276 interpreted as `error'.")
278 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
280 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
281 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
282 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
283 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
284 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
285 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
286 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
287 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
289 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
291 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
292 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
294 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
296 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
297 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
299 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
301 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
302 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
303 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
304 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
305 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
306 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
307 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
308 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
309 will be overwritten with the new one.
310 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
311 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
312 will clear the cache.
314 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
316 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
317 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
318 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
319 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
320 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
321 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
322 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
323 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
324 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
325 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
326 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
327 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
328 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
329 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
330 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
331 definition will always be cached for later usage.
333 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
335 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
336 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
337 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
339 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
340 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
343 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
344 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
345 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
346 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
347 see also `ad-add-advice'.
348 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
349 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
350 before/around/after-advices will be used.
351 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
352 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
353 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
354 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
355 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
356 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
358 Semantics of the various flags:
359 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
360 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
361 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
363 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
364 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
366 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
367 advised function should be compiled.
369 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
370 during activation until somebody enables it.
372 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
373 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
374 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
375 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
377 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
378 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
379 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
380 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
381 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
384 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
385 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
386 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
389 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
393 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
394 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
395 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (18892 6535))
396 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
398 (autoload 'align "align" "\
399 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
400 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
401 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
402 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
403 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
404 rule's `separate' attribute).
406 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
407 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
408 `separate' attribute set.
410 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
411 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
412 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
413 on the format of these lists.
415 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
417 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
418 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
419 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
420 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
421 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
422 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
423 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
424 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
425 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
426 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
429 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
430 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
434 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
437 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
438 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
439 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
441 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
443 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
444 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
445 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
446 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
447 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
450 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
452 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
453 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
454 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
455 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
456 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
457 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
458 been used to align that section.
460 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
462 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
463 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
464 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
465 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
466 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
467 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
470 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
472 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
473 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
477 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
478 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
484 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
485 ;;;;;; (18791 16506))
486 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
488 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
490 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
492 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
494 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
496 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
498 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
500 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
502 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
504 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
506 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
508 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
510 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
512 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
514 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
516 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
518 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
520 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
521 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
524 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
525 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
526 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
528 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
529 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
530 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
531 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
532 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
535 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
537 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
538 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
539 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
540 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
541 - easy topic encryption and decryption
542 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
543 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
544 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
546 and many other features.
548 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
549 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
550 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
551 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
552 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
554 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
555 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
556 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
557 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
558 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
559 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
560 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
561 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
565 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
566 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
567 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
568 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
569 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
573 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
574 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
575 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
576 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
577 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
578 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
579 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
580 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
581 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
582 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
585 Topic Header Production:
586 -----------------------
587 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
588 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
589 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
591 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
592 ---------------------------------
593 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
594 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
595 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
597 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
598 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
599 are alternated according to nesting depth.
600 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
601 the offspring are not affected.
602 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
604 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
605 ----------------------------------
606 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
607 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
608 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
609 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
610 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
611 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
612 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
613 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
615 Topic-oriented Encryption:
616 -------------------------
617 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
618 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
622 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
623 and establish a default file-var setting
625 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
626 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
627 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
628 buffer with name derived from derived from that
629 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
630 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
631 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
632 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
634 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
639 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
640 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
641 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
642 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
644 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
645 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
646 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
647 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
649 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
650 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
651 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
654 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
655 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
660 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
661 navigation and exposure control.
663 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
664 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
665 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
666 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
667 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
669 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
670 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
671 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
672 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
673 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
675 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
676 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
677 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
678 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
679 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
680 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
681 at the beginning of the current entry.
685 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
686 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
687 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
690 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
691 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
692 `allout-structure-added-hook'
693 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
694 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
698 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
700 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
701 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
702 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
704 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
705 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
706 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
708 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
711 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
712 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
715 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
717 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
719 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
721 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
723 Topic text constituents:
725 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
727 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
728 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
730 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
731 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
732 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
733 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
734 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
735 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
736 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
739 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
742 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
743 It can be customized by changing the setting of
744 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
746 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
747 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
748 program code without interfering with processing of the text
749 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
750 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
751 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
752 docstring for more detail.
754 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
755 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
756 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
757 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
758 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
759 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
760 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
761 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
762 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
763 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
764 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
767 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
768 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
770 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
771 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
773 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
774 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
775 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
777 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
779 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
781 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
782 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
784 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
785 setup for auto-startup.
787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
791 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
792 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (18889 26258))
793 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
795 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
797 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
798 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
799 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
800 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
801 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
802 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
804 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
806 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
809 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
813 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
814 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (18787 48933))
815 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
817 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
818 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
819 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
820 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
821 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
822 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
823 in the current window.
825 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
827 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
828 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
829 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
831 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
833 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
834 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
835 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
837 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
841 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
842 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (18897 16477))
843 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
845 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
846 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
850 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
851 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
853 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
854 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
855 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
856 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
858 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
859 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
861 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
863 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
867 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
868 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (18791 16530))
869 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
871 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
872 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
873 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
874 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
875 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
878 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
879 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
880 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
883 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
884 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
885 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
886 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
890 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
891 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
896 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
897 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
898 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
904 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add)
905 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (18787 48920))
906 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
908 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
909 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
910 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
912 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
914 (autoload 'appt-delete "appt" "\
915 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
919 (autoload 'appt-make-list "appt" "\
920 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
921 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
922 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
923 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
924 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
925 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
927 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this function.
929 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
930 appointment package (if it is not already active).
934 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
935 Toggle checking of appointments.
936 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
937 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
939 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
943 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
944 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
945 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (18848 908))
946 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
948 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
949 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
950 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
951 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
953 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
954 kind of objects to search.
956 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
958 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
959 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
960 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
961 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
962 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
963 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
965 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
968 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
970 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
972 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
973 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
974 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
975 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
976 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
977 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
979 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
980 noninteractive functions.
982 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
983 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
985 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
986 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
988 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
990 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
991 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
993 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
995 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
996 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
997 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
998 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1000 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1001 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1002 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1003 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1005 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1006 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1008 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1010 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1012 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1013 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1014 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1015 thus be found in `load-history'.
1019 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1020 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1021 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1022 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1023 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1024 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1026 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1027 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1028 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1030 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1032 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1033 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1034 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1035 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1036 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1037 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1039 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1040 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1042 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1044 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1048 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (18892
1050 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1052 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1053 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1054 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1055 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1056 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1057 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1059 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1060 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1063 \\{archive-mode-map}
1065 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1069 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (18794 5653))
1070 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1072 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1073 Major mode for editing arrays.
1075 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1076 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1077 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1079 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1081 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1082 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1083 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1085 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1086 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1087 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1088 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1091 Variables you assign:
1092 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1093 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1094 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1095 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1096 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1097 row numbers in the buffer.
1099 Variables which are calculated:
1100 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1101 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1103 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1104 take a numeric prefix argument):
1106 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1107 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1108 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1109 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1111 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1112 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1113 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1114 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1116 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1117 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1118 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1119 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1121 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1122 between that of point and mark.
1124 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1125 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1127 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1128 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1129 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1130 newlines inside rows)
1132 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1134 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1140 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (18829
1142 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1144 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1146 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1147 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1148 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1150 How to quit Artist mode
1152 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1155 How to submit a bug report
1157 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1160 Drawing with the mouse:
1163 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1164 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1168 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1171 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1172 --------------------------------------------------------------
1173 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1175 --------------------------------------------------------------
1176 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1177 --------------------------------------------------------------
1178 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1179 --------------------------------------------------------------
1180 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1181 --------------------------------------------------------------
1182 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1183 --------------------------------------------------------------
1184 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1185 --------------------------------------------------------------
1186 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1187 --------------------------------------------------------------
1188 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1189 --------------------------------------------------------------
1190 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1192 --------------------------------------------------------------
1193 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1194 --------------------------------------------------------------
1195 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1196 --------------------------------------------------------------
1198 --------------------------------------------------------------
1199 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1200 --------------------------------------------------------------
1202 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1205 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1206 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1207 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1208 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1211 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1212 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1213 overwrite means the opposite.
1215 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1216 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1217 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1219 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1221 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1222 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1224 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1225 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1226 are currently drawing something.
1228 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1232 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1233 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1238 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1240 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1242 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1244 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1246 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1247 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1249 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1254 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1255 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1256 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1257 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1258 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1259 When pasting: Pastes
1261 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1263 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1265 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1266 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1267 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1268 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1269 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1270 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1275 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1276 of the line/poly-line
1278 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1279 of the line/poly-line
1284 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1286 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1287 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1288 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1289 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1290 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1291 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1292 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1293 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1294 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1295 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1296 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1297 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1298 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1299 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1300 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1301 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1302 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1303 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1304 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1305 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1310 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1311 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1313 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1314 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1315 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1316 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1317 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1318 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1319 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1320 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1321 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1322 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1323 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1324 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1325 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1326 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1327 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1328 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1329 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1330 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1331 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1335 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1336 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1343 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1347 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (18787
1349 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1351 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1352 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1353 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1355 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1356 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1357 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1358 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1360 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1361 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1363 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1364 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1366 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1375 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1376 ;;;;;; (18791 16506))
1377 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1379 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1380 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1381 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1383 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1385 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1386 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1387 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1388 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1389 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1390 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1391 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1392 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1393 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1394 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1397 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1398 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1399 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1400 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1401 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1403 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1407 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1408 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1409 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1410 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1411 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1412 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1414 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1416 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1417 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1418 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1419 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1420 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1421 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1423 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1429 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1430 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
1431 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1433 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1434 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1440 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1441 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (18787 48911))
1442 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1444 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1445 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1446 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1450 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1451 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1452 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1453 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1455 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1457 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1458 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1459 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1460 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1461 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1462 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1464 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1466 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1467 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1468 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1469 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1471 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1472 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1478 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1479 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1480 ;;;;;; (18787 48921))
1481 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1483 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1485 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1486 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1487 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1488 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1489 save the buffer too.
1491 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1493 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1495 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1496 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1497 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1498 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1499 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1500 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1502 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1503 directory or directories specified.
1505 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1507 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1508 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1509 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1515 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1516 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1517 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (18787 48911))
1518 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1520 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1521 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1523 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1524 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1525 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1526 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1527 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1531 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1532 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1534 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1535 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1539 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1540 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1541 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1543 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1544 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1545 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1546 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1547 reflected in the current buffer.
1549 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1550 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1551 writing before you save the file!
1553 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1557 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1558 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1560 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1561 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1565 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1566 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1567 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1568 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1569 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1570 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1572 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1574 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1575 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1577 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1578 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1579 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1585 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1586 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (18787 48911))
1587 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1589 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1590 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1591 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1592 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1593 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1595 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1597 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1598 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1599 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1600 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1602 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1603 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1604 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1606 Effects of the different modes:
1607 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1608 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1609 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1610 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1611 a random distance & direction.
1612 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1613 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1614 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1616 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1618 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1619 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1620 definition of \"random distance\".)
1622 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1626 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1627 ;;;;;; (18787 48911))
1628 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1629 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1631 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1632 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1633 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1634 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1638 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1639 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1640 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1641 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1642 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1643 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1645 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1647 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1648 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1649 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1650 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1651 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1658 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1659 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (18879 46549))
1660 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1662 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1663 Time execution of FORMS.
1664 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1665 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1667 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1668 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1669 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1671 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1673 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1674 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1675 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1676 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1677 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1679 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1681 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1682 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1683 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1684 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1685 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1687 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1691 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1692 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (18846 15695))
1693 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1695 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1696 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1697 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1698 of corresponding buffers.
1699 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1700 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1701 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1702 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1703 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1704 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1706 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1708 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1709 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1711 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1713 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1714 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1715 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1716 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1718 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1719 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1720 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1721 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1722 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1724 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1725 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1728 Special information:
1730 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1732 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1733 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1734 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1735 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1736 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1737 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1738 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1739 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1740 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1741 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1742 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1744 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1745 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1746 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1747 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1748 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1749 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1750 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1751 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1753 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1755 ----------------------------------------------------------
1756 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1757 if that value is non-nil.
1763 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1764 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1765 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1766 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1767 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1768 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1769 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1770 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1771 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1772 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1774 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1778 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1779 ;;;;;; (18787 48935))
1780 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1781 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.bst\\'" . bibtex-style-mode))
1783 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1784 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1790 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1791 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1792 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
1793 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1795 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1797 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1798 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1799 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1801 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1803 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1804 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1806 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1808 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1809 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1811 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1815 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (18787
1817 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1819 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1821 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1825 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1826 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1827 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1828 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1829 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1834 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1835 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1838 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1841 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1842 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1844 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1845 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1847 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1848 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1849 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1850 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1851 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1852 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1856 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1858 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1859 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1860 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1861 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1863 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1864 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1865 denoted by the letter `R'.
1867 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1868 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1869 denoted by the letter `H'.
1871 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1874 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1875 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1876 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1877 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1878 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1879 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1882 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1883 degree deflection it causes.
1886 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1887 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1888 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1889 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1890 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1891 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1892 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1893 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1896 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1897 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1900 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1901 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1902 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1903 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1904 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1905 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1906 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1907 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1909 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1910 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1911 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1912 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1913 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1914 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1915 emerging from the box.
1917 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1919 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1920 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1921 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1922 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1923 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1924 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1925 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1926 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1928 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1935 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1936 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1937 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump-other-window
1938 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (18787
1940 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1941 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
1942 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
1943 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1945 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
1946 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1947 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1948 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1949 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1950 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1951 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
1953 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
1954 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1955 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1956 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1957 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1958 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1959 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1960 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1963 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1964 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1965 yank successive words.
1967 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1968 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1969 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1970 name of the file being visited.
1972 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1973 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1974 the list of bookmarks.)
1976 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1978 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
1979 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1980 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1981 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1982 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1985 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1986 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
1987 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1988 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1990 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1992 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
1993 Jump to BOOKMARK (a point in some file) in another window.
1994 See `bookmark-jump'.
1996 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1998 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
1999 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2000 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2001 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2002 after a bookmark was set in it.
2004 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2006 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2007 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2008 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2009 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2011 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2013 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2015 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2016 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2017 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2018 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2020 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2021 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2022 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2024 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2025 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2028 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2030 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2031 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2032 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2033 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2034 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2037 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2039 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2040 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2041 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2042 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2043 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2044 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2045 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2046 probably because we were called from there.
2048 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2050 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2051 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2052 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2056 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2057 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2058 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2059 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2062 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2063 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2064 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2065 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2066 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2068 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2069 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2070 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2071 `bookmark-default-file'.
2073 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2075 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2076 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2077 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2078 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2079 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2082 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2083 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2084 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2085 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2086 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2089 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2090 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2091 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2092 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2094 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2096 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2097 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2098 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2099 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2100 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2104 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2106 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2108 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] '("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)) (define-key map [write] '("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)) (define-key map [save] '("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)) (define-key map [edit] '("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)) (define-key map [delete] '("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete)) (define-key map [rename] '("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename)) (define-key map [locate] '("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate)) (define-key map [insert] '("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert)) (define-key map [set] '("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set)) (define-key map [jump] '("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump)) map))
2110 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2114 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2115 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2116 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2117 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2118 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2119 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2120 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2121 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2122 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2123 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
2124 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2126 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2127 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2128 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2129 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2131 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2132 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2133 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2134 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2135 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2137 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2139 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2140 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2142 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2144 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2145 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2147 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2149 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2154 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2155 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2156 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2157 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2158 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2159 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2161 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2163 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2164 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2165 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2166 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2169 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2171 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2172 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2176 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2177 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2179 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2181 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2182 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2183 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2184 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2186 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2188 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2189 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2190 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2191 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2195 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2196 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2197 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2198 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2199 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2204 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2205 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2206 Default to the URL around or before point.
2208 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2209 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2210 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2211 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2213 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2214 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2216 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2217 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2219 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2221 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2222 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2223 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2224 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2226 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2227 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2228 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2229 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2231 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2232 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2233 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2235 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2236 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2238 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2240 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2241 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2242 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2243 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2245 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2246 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2247 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2248 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2250 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2251 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2252 new tab in an existing window instead.
2254 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2255 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2257 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2259 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2260 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2261 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2262 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2265 When called interactively, if variable
2266 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2267 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2268 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2269 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2271 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2272 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2273 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2275 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2276 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2278 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2279 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2280 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2281 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2282 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2283 URL in a new window.
2285 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2287 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2288 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2289 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2290 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2292 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2293 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2294 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2295 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2297 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2298 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2299 new tab in an existing window instead.
2301 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2302 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2304 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2306 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2307 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2309 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2311 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2312 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2313 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2314 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2316 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2317 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2318 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2319 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2321 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2322 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2324 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2326 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2327 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2329 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2330 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2331 program is invoked according to the variable
2332 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2334 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2335 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2336 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2337 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2339 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2340 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2342 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2344 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2345 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2346 Default to the URL around or before point.
2348 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2349 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2350 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2352 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2353 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2354 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2355 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2357 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2358 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2360 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2362 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2363 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2364 Default to the URL around or before point.
2366 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2367 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2368 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2370 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2371 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2373 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2375 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2376 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2377 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2378 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2380 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2382 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2383 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2384 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2385 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2386 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2387 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2389 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2391 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2392 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2393 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2394 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2395 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2397 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2398 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2399 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2400 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2402 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2403 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2407 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2408 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2409 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2410 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2411 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2414 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2415 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2416 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2417 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2419 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2420 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2422 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2424 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2425 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2426 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2427 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2428 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2429 don't offer a form of remote control.
2431 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2433 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2434 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2435 Default to the URL around or before point.
2437 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2439 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2440 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2441 Default to the URL around the point.
2443 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2444 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2446 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2447 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2449 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2453 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (18787
2455 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2457 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2458 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2462 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2463 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2469 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2470 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (18853 58440))
2471 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2473 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2474 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2475 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2476 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2480 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2481 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2482 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2483 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2487 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2488 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2492 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2493 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2495 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2496 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2497 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2498 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2500 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2501 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2502 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2503 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2504 name of buffer configuration.
2510 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (18890 28165))
2511 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2513 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2515 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2516 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2517 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2518 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2519 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2520 columns on its right towards the left.
2522 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2523 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2524 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2525 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2531 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2532 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (18797 25728))
2533 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2535 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
2537 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2538 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2542 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2543 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2549 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2550 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2551 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2552 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2553 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2554 ;;;;;; (18825 40643))
2555 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2556 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2557 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2558 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2559 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2561 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2562 Return non-nil if X is valid as a value of `byte-compile-warnings'.
2566 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2567 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2568 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2569 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2570 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2571 else the global value will be modified.
2573 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2575 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2576 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2577 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2578 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2579 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2580 else the global value will be modified.
2582 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2584 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2585 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2586 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2588 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2590 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2591 Recompile every `.el' file in BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2592 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2593 Files in subdirectories of BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY are processed also.
2595 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2596 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2597 BYTECOMP-ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2598 BYTECOMP-ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2599 compile it. A nonzero BYTECOMP-ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2602 If the third argument BYTECOMP-FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2603 that already has a `.elc' file.
2605 \(fn BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY &optional BYTECOMP-ARG BYTECOMP-FORCE)" t nil)
2606 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2608 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2609 Compile a file of Lisp code named BYTECOMP-FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2610 The output file's name is generated by passing BYTECOMP-FILENAME to the
2611 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2612 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2613 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2615 \(fn BYTECOMP-FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2617 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2618 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2619 Print the result in the echo area.
2620 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2624 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2625 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2626 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2628 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2630 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2631 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2632 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2633 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2634 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2635 all functions called by those functions.
2637 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2638 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2641 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2642 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2643 invoked interactively.
2645 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2647 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2648 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2649 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2650 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2654 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2655 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2656 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2657 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2658 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2659 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2660 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2663 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2665 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2666 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2667 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2668 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2670 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2671 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2672 and corresponding effects.
2674 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (18787
2680 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2682 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2684 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (18787 48920))
2689 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2691 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2693 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2695 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2699 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2700 ;;;;;; (18787 48920))
2701 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2703 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2704 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2705 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2706 from the cursor position.
2708 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2710 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2714 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2715 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2716 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2717 ;;;;;; (18897 16478))
2718 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2720 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2721 File in which to record permanent settings.")
2723 (custom-autoload 'calc-settings-file "calc" t)
2724 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2726 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2727 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2731 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2732 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2734 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2736 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2737 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2739 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2741 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2742 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2746 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2747 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2748 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2749 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2751 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2753 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2754 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2755 This is most useful in the X window system.
2756 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2757 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2759 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2761 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2762 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2763 See calc-keypad for details.
2765 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2767 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2768 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2770 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2772 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2773 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2775 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2777 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2778 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2780 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2782 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2783 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2784 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2786 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2788 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2789 Define Calc function.
2791 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2792 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2793 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2795 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2796 actual Lisp function name.
2798 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2800 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2804 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (18787
2806 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2808 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2809 Run the Emacs calculator.
2810 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2816 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (18862
2818 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2820 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2821 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2822 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2823 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2824 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2825 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2827 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2828 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2829 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2830 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2831 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2832 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2833 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2834 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2837 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2838 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2840 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2841 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2842 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2843 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2844 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2845 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2847 Runs the following hooks:
2849 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2850 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2851 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2852 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2854 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2856 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2860 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2861 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (18787 48925))
2862 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2864 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2865 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2867 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2869 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2870 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
2871 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
2874 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2878 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
2879 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
2880 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
2882 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
2883 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
2885 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
2886 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
2887 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
2888 restriction to ASCII.
2890 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
2895 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
2896 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
2897 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
2899 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
2900 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
2901 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
2902 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
2903 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
2904 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
2905 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
2907 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
2908 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
2910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (18787
2916 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
2917 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
2921 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
2922 ;;;;;; (18848 16181))
2923 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
2925 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
2926 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
2932 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2933 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2934 ;;;;;; (18819 46976))
2935 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2937 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2938 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
2939 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
2940 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
2941 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
2942 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
2943 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
2945 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
2947 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2948 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2949 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2950 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2951 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2952 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
2953 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
2954 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
2955 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
2956 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
2958 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
2959 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2960 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2961 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2962 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2963 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
2965 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2967 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
2968 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
2975 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2976 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2978 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
2979 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2980 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2981 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2982 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2983 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2986 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2988 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
2989 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
2996 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2997 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2998 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3000 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3001 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3002 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3003 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3004 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3005 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3008 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3010 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3011 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3018 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3019 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3020 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3022 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3023 Major mode for editing Java code.
3024 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3025 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3026 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3027 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3030 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3032 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3033 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3040 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3041 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3042 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3044 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3045 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3046 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3047 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3048 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3049 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3052 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3054 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3055 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3062 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3063 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3064 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3065 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3067 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3068 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3069 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3070 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3071 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3072 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3075 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3077 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3078 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3084 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3085 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3086 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3087 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3088 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3089 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3093 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3094 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (18794 5654))
3095 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3097 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3098 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3099 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3100 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3102 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3104 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3105 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3108 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3109 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3110 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3111 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3114 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3115 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3116 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3117 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3120 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3122 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3123 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3124 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3125 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3127 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3129 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3130 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3131 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3133 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3135 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3136 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3137 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3138 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3139 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3141 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3145 ;;;### (autoloads (c-subword-mode) "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el"
3146 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
3147 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3149 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "\
3150 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
3151 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
3152 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
3153 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
3154 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
3155 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
3156 Here are some examples:
3158 Nomenclature Subwords
3159 ===========================================================
3160 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
3161 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
3162 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
3164 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
3165 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
3168 \\{c-subword-mode-map}
3170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (18854 39029))
3175 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3176 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3177 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3178 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3182 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3183 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3184 ;;;;;; (18878 26805))
3185 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3187 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3188 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3190 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3192 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3193 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3195 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3197 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3198 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3200 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3201 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3202 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3203 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3206 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3208 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3210 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3211 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3213 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3214 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3218 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3219 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3220 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3221 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3222 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3225 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3226 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3227 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3228 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3230 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3231 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3234 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3236 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3238 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3241 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3242 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3244 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3245 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3246 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3249 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3251 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3252 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3253 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3255 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3257 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3259 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3260 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3262 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3266 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3268 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3270 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3271 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3274 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3275 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3278 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3280 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3281 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3282 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3283 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3284 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3285 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3286 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3287 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3288 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3289 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3290 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3291 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3292 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3293 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3294 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3295 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3298 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3299 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3301 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3302 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3304 | (write EXPRESSION)
3305 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3306 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3309 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3312 ;; Same as: (write string)
3314 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3315 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3316 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3319 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3320 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3321 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3322 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3323 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3324 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3326 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3327 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3329 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3332 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3333 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3334 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3336 ARG := REG | integer
3339 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3342 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3345 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3348 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3349 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3352 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3353 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3354 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3357 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3358 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3359 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3362 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3363 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3365 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3366 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3367 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3370 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3371 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3374 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3375 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3377 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3380 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3384 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3385 ;; Same meaning as C code
3386 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3388 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3393 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3394 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3397 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3398 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3402 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3406 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3407 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3408 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3410 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3411 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3412 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3414 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3415 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3416 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3417 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3418 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3421 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3423 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3424 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3425 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3426 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3427 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3428 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3430 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3432 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3433 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3434 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3436 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3438 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3442 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3443 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
3444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3446 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3447 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3448 There are no special keybindings by default.
3450 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3451 to the action header.
3457 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3458 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (18787 48921))
3459 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3461 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3462 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3463 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3467 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3468 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3469 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found. For this to
3470 work correctly, the statements must adhere to the format
3471 described in the documentation of `declare-function'.
3477 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3478 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3479 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3480 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3481 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3482 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3483 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3484 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3485 ;;;;;; (18787 48921))
3486 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3487 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3488 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3490 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3491 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3492 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3493 the users will view as each check is completed.
3497 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3498 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3499 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3500 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3501 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3502 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3503 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3504 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3506 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3508 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3509 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3510 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3511 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3512 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3513 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3514 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3515 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3517 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3519 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3520 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3521 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3522 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3523 spacing are all verified.
3527 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3528 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3529 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3530 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3531 otherwise stop after the first error.
3533 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3535 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3536 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3537 Only documentation strings are checked.
3538 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3539 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3542 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3544 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3545 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3546 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3547 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3548 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3550 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3552 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3553 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3554 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3555 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3558 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3560 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3561 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3562 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3563 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3565 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3567 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3569 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3570 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3571 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3573 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3575 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3576 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3577 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3578 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3579 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3583 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3584 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3585 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3586 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3587 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3588 space at the end of each line.
3590 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3592 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3593 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3594 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3595 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3597 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3599 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3600 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3601 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3602 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3604 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3606 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3607 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3608 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3609 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3611 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3613 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3614 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3615 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3616 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3618 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3620 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3621 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3622 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3623 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3625 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3627 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3628 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3629 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3630 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3632 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3634 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3635 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3636 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3637 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3639 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3641 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3642 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3643 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3644 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3646 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3648 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3649 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3650 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3651 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3653 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3655 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3656 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3657 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3660 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3661 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3662 checking of documentation strings.
3664 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3670 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3671 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3672 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (18787 48928))
3673 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3675 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3676 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3677 Return the length of resulting text.
3679 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3681 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3682 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3686 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3687 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3688 Return the length of resulting text.
3690 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3692 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3693 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3697 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3702 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3705 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3709 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3710 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (18787 48911))
3711 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3713 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3714 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3715 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3716 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3717 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3718 editing and the result is evaluated.
3720 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3722 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3723 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3724 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3725 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3726 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3728 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3732 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3733 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3734 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3735 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3736 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3738 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3739 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3740 \\{command-history-map}
3742 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3743 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (18787 48921))
3750 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3752 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3753 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3754 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3755 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3756 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3757 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3759 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3760 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3764 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3765 ;;;;;; (18787 48921))
3766 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3768 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3771 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3775 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3776 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
3777 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3779 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3780 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3781 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3782 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3784 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3785 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3786 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3787 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3789 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3790 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3792 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3796 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (18825
3798 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3800 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3801 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3802 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3803 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3804 of `scheme-program-name').
3805 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
3806 it is given as initial input.
3807 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3808 discards input when it starts up.
3809 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3811 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3814 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3818 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3819 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3820 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3821 ;;;;;; (18787 48911))
3822 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3824 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
3825 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
3826 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
3827 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
3828 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
3829 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
3830 functions have already modified the buffer.
3832 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
3834 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
3835 either globally or locally.")
3837 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
3839 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
3840 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3841 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3842 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3843 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3844 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3845 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
3846 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3848 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3850 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3852 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
3853 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3854 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3855 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3856 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3857 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3858 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3859 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
3861 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3863 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3865 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
3866 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
3867 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3868 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3869 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3870 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3872 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3874 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
3875 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
3876 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
3877 directory tracking functions.")
3879 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
3880 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3881 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
3883 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3885 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3887 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
3888 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3889 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3891 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3893 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3895 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
3896 Send COMMAND to current process.
3897 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3898 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3900 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3902 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
3903 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3904 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3905 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3907 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3911 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (18787
3913 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3915 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
3916 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3917 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3918 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3920 This command pushes the mark in each window
3921 at the prior location of point in that window.
3922 If both windows display the same buffer,
3923 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3924 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3926 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
3927 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
3928 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
3929 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
3930 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
3931 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3932 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
3935 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
3936 this command work in interlaced mode:
3937 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
3938 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
3939 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
3941 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
3945 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
3946 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
3947 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
3948 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
3949 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (18863
3951 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3953 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3954 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
3956 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
3958 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
3959 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
3960 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
3961 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
3962 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
3963 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
3964 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
3966 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
3968 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3969 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3971 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
3973 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3974 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3975 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
3976 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3977 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
3978 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
3979 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
3981 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3982 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3983 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3984 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3985 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3987 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3988 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3989 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3990 describing how the process finished.")
3992 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3993 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3994 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3995 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3996 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3998 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3999 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4000 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4002 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4004 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4005 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4006 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4007 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4009 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4011 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4012 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4014 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4015 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4017 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4019 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4020 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4021 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4022 (concat \"make -k \"
4023 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4025 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4026 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4028 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4029 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4030 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4031 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4033 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4035 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4036 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4037 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4038 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4040 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4041 and move to the source code that caused it.
4043 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4044 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4046 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4047 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4048 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4049 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4051 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4052 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4053 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4054 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4056 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4057 kills its subprocesses.
4059 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4060 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4061 to a function that generates a unique name.
4063 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4065 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4066 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4067 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4068 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4070 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4071 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4073 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4074 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4075 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4076 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4078 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4079 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4080 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4082 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4084 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4086 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4087 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4088 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4089 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4090 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4092 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4094 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4096 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4098 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4099 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4100 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4101 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4102 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4103 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4104 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4108 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4109 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4110 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4111 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4112 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4113 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4117 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4118 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4119 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4121 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4123 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode))
4127 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4128 ;;;;;; (18816 31238))
4129 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4131 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4132 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4133 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4134 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4135 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4136 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4138 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4140 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4141 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4142 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4144 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4145 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4146 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4147 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4149 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4150 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4151 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4152 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4154 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4155 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4156 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4157 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4159 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4160 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4161 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4162 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4163 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4169 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4170 ;;;;;; (18787 48911))
4171 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4173 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4174 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4175 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4176 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4177 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4178 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4180 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4182 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4183 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4189 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-composition-mode auto-composition-mode
4190 ;;;;;; encode-composition-rule) "composite" "composite.el" (18890
4192 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4194 (autoload 'encode-composition-rule "composite" "\
4195 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4196 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4197 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4199 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4201 (autoload 'auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4202 Toggle Auto Composition mode.
4203 With ARG, turn Auto Composition mode off if and only if ARG is a non-positive
4204 number; if ARG is nil, toggle Auto Composition mode; anything else turns Auto
4207 When Auto Composition is enabled, text characters are automatically composed
4208 by functions registered in `composition-function-table' (which see).
4210 You can use `global-auto-composition-mode' to turn on
4211 Auto Composition mode in all buffers (this is the default).
4213 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4215 (defvar global-auto-composition-mode (not noninteractive) "\
4216 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Composition mode is enabled.
4217 See the command `global-auto-composition-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4218 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4219 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4220 or call the function `global-auto-composition-mode'.")
4222 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" nil)
4224 (autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4225 Toggle Auto-Composition mode in every possible buffer.
4226 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Auto-Composition mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4227 Auto-Composition mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-auto-composition-if-enabled' would do it.
4228 See `auto-composition-mode' for more information on Auto-Composition mode.
4230 \(fn &optional ARG DUMMY)" t nil)
4234 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4235 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4236 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4237 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
4238 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4240 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4241 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4242 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4243 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4244 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4245 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4246 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4248 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4249 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4250 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4252 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4253 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4254 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4256 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4257 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4258 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4259 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4261 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4262 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4263 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4264 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4265 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4266 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4267 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4273 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4274 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4275 Comments start with `#'.
4276 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4278 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4288 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4289 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4290 Comments start with `;'.
4291 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4293 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4295 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4296 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4297 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4299 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4300 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4304 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4305 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4306 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4307 between `/*' and `*/'.
4308 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4310 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4311 // another kind of comment
4323 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4324 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4325 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4326 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4327 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4328 `conf-space-keywords'.
4329 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4330 in an interactive fashion instead.
4332 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4334 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4336 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4340 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4342 # Standard multimedia devices
4343 add /dev/audio desktop
4344 add /dev/mixer desktop
4348 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4349 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4350 See `conf-space-mode'.
4352 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4354 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4355 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4356 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4357 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4359 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4361 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4362 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4366 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4367 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4368 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4369 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4371 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4373 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4374 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4378 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4379 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4380 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4381 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4383 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4392 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4393 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (18787 48933))
4394 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4396 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4397 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4398 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4399 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4401 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4403 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4404 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4405 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4406 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4408 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4410 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4411 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4412 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4413 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4415 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4417 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4418 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4420 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4424 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4425 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (18844
4427 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4429 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4430 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4431 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4432 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4433 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4434 following the copyright are updated as well.
4435 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4438 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4440 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4441 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4442 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4446 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4447 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4449 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4451 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4452 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4454 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH)" t nil)
4458 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4459 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (18852 12908))
4460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4461 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4462 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4463 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4464 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4465 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4466 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4467 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4469 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4470 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4471 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4472 Tab indents for Perl code.
4473 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4474 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4476 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4477 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4478 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4479 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4480 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4481 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4482 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4483 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4484 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4485 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4486 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4487 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4489 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4491 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4492 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4494 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4496 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4497 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4498 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4499 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4500 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4501 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4502 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4503 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4504 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4506 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4510 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4511 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4512 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4515 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4516 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4517 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4519 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4521 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4522 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4523 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4524 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4525 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4527 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4537 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4538 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4539 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4540 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4541 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4542 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4543 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4544 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4545 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4546 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4547 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4548 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4549 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4551 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4552 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4553 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4554 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4555 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4556 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4558 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4559 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4562 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4563 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4564 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4565 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4566 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4568 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4569 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4570 span the needed amount of lines.
4572 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4573 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4574 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4575 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4577 Variables controlling indentation style:
4578 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4579 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4580 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4581 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4582 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4583 `cperl-auto-newline'
4584 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4585 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4586 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4587 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4588 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4589 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4590 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4591 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4592 `cperl-indent-level'
4593 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4594 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4595 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4596 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4597 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4598 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4599 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4600 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4601 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4602 `cperl-brace-offset'
4603 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4604 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4605 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4606 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4607 `cperl-label-offset'
4608 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4609 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4610 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4612 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4613 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4614 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4615 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4616 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4617 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4619 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4620 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4621 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4622 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4624 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4625 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4626 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4627 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
4628 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4629 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4631 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4632 column 0 is indented on
4633 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4635 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4638 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4639 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4640 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4644 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4645 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4649 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4650 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4656 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4657 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
4658 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4660 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4661 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4662 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4663 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4664 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4668 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4669 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4675 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4676 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
4677 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4679 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4680 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4681 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4682 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4684 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4685 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4687 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4689 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4690 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4691 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4693 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4695 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4699 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4700 ;;;;;; (18877 40947))
4701 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4703 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4704 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4705 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4706 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4708 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4709 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4710 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4711 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4713 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4714 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4715 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4717 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4718 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4721 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4722 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4723 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4725 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4727 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4728 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4729 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4731 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4735 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (18803
4737 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4738 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.css\\'" . css-mode))
4740 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4741 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4747 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4748 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
4749 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4751 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4752 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4753 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4755 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4756 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4758 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4760 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4761 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4762 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4763 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4764 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4766 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4767 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4768 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4769 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4770 function of these prefix keys.
4772 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4773 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4775 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4776 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4777 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4779 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4780 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4781 the prefix fallback behavior.
4783 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4784 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4785 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4786 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4790 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4791 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4797 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4798 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4799 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4800 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4801 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4802 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4803 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4804 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4805 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4806 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4807 ;;;;;; (18844 39825))
4808 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4810 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4811 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4813 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4815 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4816 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4818 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4820 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4821 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4823 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4824 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4826 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4827 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4829 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4830 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4832 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4833 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4835 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4837 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4839 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4840 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4841 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4843 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4844 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4846 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4847 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4849 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4850 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4852 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4854 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4856 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
4857 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4860 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4861 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4863 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4864 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4866 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4867 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4869 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4871 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4873 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
4874 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4875 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4876 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4877 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4881 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
4882 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4883 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4884 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4888 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
4889 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4891 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4893 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4894 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
4896 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4898 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
4900 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
4901 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4903 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4905 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
4907 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4908 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4909 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4911 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4913 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
4914 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
4915 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
4916 as part of Emacs itself.
4918 Each elements looks like this:
4920 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
4922 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
4923 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
4924 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
4925 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
4926 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
4927 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
4928 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
4931 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
4933 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
4934 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
4935 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
4936 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
4937 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
4939 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
4940 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
4941 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
4942 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
4944 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
4946 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
4947 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
4948 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4949 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
4950 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4952 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
4953 that were added or redefined since that version.
4955 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
4957 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
4958 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
4959 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
4960 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
4962 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4963 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
4965 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4967 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4968 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
4969 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
4971 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4972 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
4974 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4976 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
4977 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
4981 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
4982 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
4986 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
4987 Customize all already saved user options.
4991 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
4992 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
4993 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4994 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4995 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4996 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
4997 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
4998 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5000 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5002 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5003 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5004 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
5005 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5007 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5009 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5010 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5012 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5014 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5015 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5017 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5019 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5020 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5021 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5022 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5023 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5026 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5028 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5029 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5030 The result includes selecting that window.
5031 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5032 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5033 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5036 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5038 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5039 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5041 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5043 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5044 File used for storing customization information.
5045 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5046 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5047 it should be an absolute file name.
5049 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5050 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5051 something like the following in your init file:
5053 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5056 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5057 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5059 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5060 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5061 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5062 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5063 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5065 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5066 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5067 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5068 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5069 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5070 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5071 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5072 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5073 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5074 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5076 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5078 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5079 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5083 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5084 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5088 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5089 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5090 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5092 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5094 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5095 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5096 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5097 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5098 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5100 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5104 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5105 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
5106 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5108 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5109 Create a custom theme.
5115 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5116 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
5117 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5119 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5120 Mode used for cvs status output.
5126 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5127 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (18787 48934))
5128 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5130 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5131 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5133 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5134 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5135 C++ modes are included.
5137 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5141 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5144 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5145 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5149 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5150 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5151 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5152 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5153 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5154 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5156 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5158 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5159 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5160 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5161 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5162 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5168 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5169 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5170 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
5171 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5173 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5174 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5176 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5178 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5179 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5181 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5183 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5184 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5185 For readability, the table is slightly
5186 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5188 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5189 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5190 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5191 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5192 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5194 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5198 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5199 ;;;;;; (18799 16230))
5200 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5201 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5202 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5204 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5205 Completion on current word.
5206 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5207 and presents suggestions for completion.
5209 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5210 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5213 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5214 then it searches *all* buffers.
5216 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5218 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5219 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5221 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5222 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5223 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5224 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5225 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5227 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5228 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5230 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5231 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5232 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5234 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5235 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5237 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5243 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (18816
5245 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5247 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5248 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5249 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5250 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5251 If the HANDLER returns an `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5257 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (18787
5259 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5261 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5262 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5264 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5265 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5266 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5268 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5269 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5270 Data lines are not indented.
5275 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5277 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5278 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5279 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5280 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5282 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5285 Extra indentation within blocks.
5287 dcl-continuation-offset
5288 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5291 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5293 dcl-margin-label-offset
5294 Indentation for a label.
5296 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5297 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5299 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5300 dcl-block-end-regexp
5301 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5302 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5303 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5304 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5305 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5307 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5308 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5309 Two such functions are included in the package:
5310 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5311 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5313 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5314 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5315 One such function is included in the package:
5316 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5318 dcl-tab-always-indent
5319 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5320 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5323 dcl-electric-characters
5324 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5327 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5328 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5329 which words trigger electric indentation.
5332 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5333 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5334 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5336 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5337 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5338 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5339 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5341 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5342 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5343 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5344 dcl-imenu-label-call
5345 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5347 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5348 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5349 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5350 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5353 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5355 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5356 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5357 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5359 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5360 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5364 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5365 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5366 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5367 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5368 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5369 \"lined up with the command line\"
5371 Data lines are not indented at all.
5372 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5377 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5378 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5384 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5385 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (18787 48921))
5386 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5388 (setq debugger 'debug)
5390 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5391 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5392 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5395 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5396 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5397 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5399 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5401 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5402 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5404 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5406 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5407 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5408 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5409 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5410 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5411 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5413 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5414 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5416 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5418 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5419 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5420 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5421 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5422 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5424 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5428 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5429 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
5430 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5432 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5433 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5437 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5438 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5439 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5440 Upper-case letters are commands.
5442 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5445 The most useful commands are:
5446 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5447 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5448 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5449 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5450 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5451 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5457 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5458 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (18787
5460 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5462 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5463 Customization of `columns' group.
5467 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5468 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5470 START and END delimits the text region.
5472 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5474 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5475 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5477 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5479 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5483 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (18787
5485 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5487 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5488 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5489 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5490 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5491 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5492 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5494 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5498 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5499 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5500 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5501 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5502 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5503 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5504 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5505 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5506 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5507 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5508 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5509 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5511 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5512 Directories to search when finding external units.
5513 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5514 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5518 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5519 Face used to color delphi comments.
5520 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5521 Face used to color delphi strings.
5522 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5523 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5524 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5525 Face used to color everything else.
5527 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5528 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5530 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5534 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (18787
5536 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5538 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5540 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5541 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5542 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5543 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5544 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5545 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5547 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5549 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5550 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5551 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5552 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5554 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5555 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5556 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5559 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5563 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5564 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (18787 48921))
5565 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5567 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5568 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5570 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5572 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5573 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5574 or nil if there is no parent.
5575 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5576 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5577 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5578 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5579 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5581 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5582 arguments are currently understood:
5584 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5585 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5587 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5588 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5590 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5591 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5593 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5595 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5597 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5598 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5599 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5601 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5602 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5604 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5605 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5606 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5608 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5609 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5611 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5612 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5614 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5616 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5618 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5619 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5620 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5621 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5622 the first time the mode is used.
5624 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5628 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5629 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (18834 13432))
5630 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5632 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5633 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5634 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5635 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5636 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5639 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5641 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5642 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5643 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5644 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5645 character composition information (if relevant),
5646 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5652 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5653 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5654 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5655 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (18886 63158))
5656 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5658 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5659 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5660 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5662 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5664 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5665 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5666 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5667 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5668 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5669 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5673 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5674 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5675 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5676 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5678 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5680 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5681 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5682 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5684 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5685 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5686 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5688 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5689 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5691 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5692 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5693 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5695 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5696 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5697 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5698 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5700 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5702 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5703 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5705 Handlers are called with argument list
5707 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5709 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5711 desktop-file-version
5712 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5713 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5714 desktop-buffer-point
5716 desktop-buffer-read-only
5717 desktop-buffer-locals
5719 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5720 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5722 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5725 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5727 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5728 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5730 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5732 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5734 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5735 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5736 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5737 List elements must have the form
5739 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5741 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5744 Handlers are called with argument list
5746 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5748 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5750 desktop-file-version
5751 desktop-buffer-file-name
5753 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5754 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5755 desktop-buffer-point
5757 desktop-buffer-read-only
5760 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5761 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5764 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5767 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5769 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5770 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5772 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5774 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5776 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5778 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5780 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5781 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5782 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5786 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5787 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5788 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5789 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5790 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5792 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5794 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5795 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5796 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5800 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5801 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5802 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5803 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5804 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5805 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5806 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5807 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5809 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5811 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
5812 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5813 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5817 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
5818 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5819 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5820 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5823 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5825 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
5826 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5830 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
5831 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5837 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5838 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
5839 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (18794 5654))
5840 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5842 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
5843 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5844 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5845 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5846 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5847 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5849 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5851 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
5852 Repair a broken attribution line.
5853 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5855 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5857 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5858 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5859 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5860 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5862 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5864 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5865 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
5871 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5872 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (18830 64775))
5873 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5875 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
5876 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5877 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5878 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5879 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5883 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
5884 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5885 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5886 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5888 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
5889 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
5890 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
5891 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
5893 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
5894 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
5896 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
5897 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
5898 calendar-date-style 'european
5899 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
5901 \(diary-mail-entries)
5903 # diary-rem.el ends here
5905 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5907 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
5908 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5914 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5915 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (18794 5653))
5916 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5918 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
5919 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
5921 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
5923 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
5924 The command to use to run diff.")
5926 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
5928 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
5929 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5930 When called interactively, read OLD and NEW using the minibuffer;
5931 the default for NEW is the current buffer's file name, and the
5932 default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one exists.
5933 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5935 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
5936 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
5937 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
5939 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5941 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
5942 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5943 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5944 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5945 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5946 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5948 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5952 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
5953 ;;;;;; (18796 43870))
5954 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
5956 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
5957 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5958 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
5961 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
5962 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
5963 headers for you on-the-fly.
5965 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
5966 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
5967 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
5973 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
5974 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5975 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
5977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5981 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
5982 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
5983 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
5984 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
5985 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (18815 6889))
5986 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
5988 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
5989 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
5990 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
5991 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
5992 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
5993 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
5994 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
5995 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
5997 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
5999 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6000 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6002 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6003 Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6004 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6005 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6006 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6008 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6009 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6011 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6012 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6013 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6014 always set this variable to t.")
6016 (custom-autoload 'dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks "dired" t)
6018 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6019 Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6020 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6021 A value of t means move to first file.")
6023 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6025 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6026 Controls marking of renamed files.
6027 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6028 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6029 are afterward marked with that character.")
6031 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-rename "dired" t)
6033 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6034 Controls marking of copied files.
6035 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6036 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6038 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-copy "dired" t)
6040 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6041 Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6042 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6043 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6045 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-hardlink "dired" t)
6047 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6048 Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6049 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6050 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6052 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-symlink "dired" t)
6054 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6055 If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6056 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6057 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6059 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6061 (custom-autoload 'dired-dwim-target "dired" t)
6063 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6064 If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6065 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6067 (custom-autoload 'dired-copy-preserve-time "dired" t)
6069 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6070 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6071 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6072 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6073 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6074 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6076 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6077 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6078 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6079 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6080 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6081 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6082 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6083 list of files to make directory entries for.
6084 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6085 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6086 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6087 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6089 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6091 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6092 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6094 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6095 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6097 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6098 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6100 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6101 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6103 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6105 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6106 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6108 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6110 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6111 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6112 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6113 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6114 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6115 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6116 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6117 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6118 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6119 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6120 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6121 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6122 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6123 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6124 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6125 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6126 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6127 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6128 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6129 to see why something went wrong.
6130 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6131 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6132 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6133 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6134 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6135 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6136 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6137 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6138 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6139 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6140 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6141 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6142 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6144 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6145 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6146 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6147 again for the directory tree.
6149 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6152 `dired-listing-switches'
6153 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6154 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6157 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6158 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6159 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6160 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6162 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6164 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6165 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6172 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6173 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6177 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6178 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-do-isearch-regexp dired-do-isearch
6179 ;;;;;; dired-isearch-filenames-regexp dired-isearch-filenames dired-isearch-filenames-setup
6180 ;;;;;; dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down dired-tree-up
6181 ;;;;;; dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6182 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6183 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6184 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6185 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6186 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6187 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6188 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6189 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-do-async-shell-command
6190 ;;;;;; dired-clean-directory dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown
6191 ;;;;;; dired-do-chgrp dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6192 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (18849 65145))
6193 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6195 (autoload 'dired-diff "dired-aux" "\
6196 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6197 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6198 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6199 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6200 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6201 which is options for `diff'.
6203 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6205 (autoload 'dired-backup-diff "dired-aux" "\
6206 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6207 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6208 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6209 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6210 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6212 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6214 (autoload 'dired-compare-directories "dired-aux" "\
6215 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6216 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6217 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6218 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6219 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6220 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6222 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6224 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6225 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6226 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6227 returned by function `file-attributes'
6229 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6230 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6232 Examples of PREDICATE:
6234 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6235 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6236 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6237 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6238 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6240 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6242 (autoload 'dired-do-chmod "dired-aux" "\
6243 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6244 Symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6248 (autoload 'dired-do-chgrp "dired-aux" "\
6249 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6253 (autoload 'dired-do-chown "dired-aux" "\
6254 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6256 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6258 (autoload 'dired-do-touch "dired-aux" "\
6259 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6264 (autoload 'dired-do-print "dired-aux" "\
6265 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6266 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6267 `lpr-switches' as default.
6269 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6271 (autoload 'dired-clean-directory "dired-aux" "\
6272 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6273 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6274 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6275 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6277 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6278 with a prefix argument.
6282 (autoload 'dired-do-async-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6283 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files asynchronously.
6285 Like `dired-do-shell-command' but if COMMAND doesn't end in ampersand,
6286 adds `* &' surrounded by whitespace and executes the command asynchronously.
6287 The output appears in the buffer `*Async Shell Command*'.
6289 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6291 (autoload 'dired-do-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6292 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6293 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6294 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6295 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6297 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6298 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6300 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6301 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6302 file name substituted for `?'.
6304 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6305 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6307 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6308 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6309 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6310 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6312 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6314 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6315 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6316 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6318 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6319 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6322 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6323 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
6324 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
6326 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6328 (autoload 'dired-run-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6331 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
6333 (autoload 'dired-do-kill-lines "dired-aux" "\
6334 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6335 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6336 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
6337 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
6338 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
6339 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
6340 from the buffer as well.
6341 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
6342 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
6343 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6345 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6347 (autoload 'dired-compress-file "dired-aux" "\
6350 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6352 (autoload 'dired-query "dired-aux" "\
6355 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
6357 (autoload 'dired-do-compress "dired-aux" "\
6358 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6362 (autoload 'dired-do-byte-compile "dired-aux" "\
6363 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6365 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6367 (autoload 'dired-do-load "dired-aux" "\
6368 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6372 (autoload 'dired-do-redisplay "dired-aux" "\
6373 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6374 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6375 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6377 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6378 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6379 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6380 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6381 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6382 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6383 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
6385 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6387 (autoload 'dired-add-file "dired-aux" "\
6390 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6392 (autoload 'dired-remove-file "dired-aux" "\
6395 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6397 (autoload 'dired-relist-file "dired-aux" "\
6398 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6400 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6402 (autoload 'dired-copy-file "dired-aux" "\
6405 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6407 (autoload 'dired-rename-file "dired-aux" "\
6410 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6412 (autoload 'dired-create-directory "dired-aux" "\
6413 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6415 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6417 (autoload 'dired-do-copy "dired-aux" "\
6418 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6419 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6420 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6421 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6422 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6423 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6424 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6425 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6427 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
6430 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6432 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink "dired-aux" "\
6433 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6434 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6435 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6436 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6437 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6438 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6439 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6441 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
6443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6445 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink "dired-aux" "\
6446 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6447 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6448 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6449 and new hard links are made in that directory
6450 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6451 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6452 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6456 (autoload 'dired-do-rename "dired-aux" "\
6457 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6458 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
6459 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
6460 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
6461 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
6462 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6466 (autoload 'dired-do-rename-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6467 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6469 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
6470 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
6471 file if none are marked.
6473 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
6474 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
6475 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
6476 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
6478 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
6479 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
6481 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6483 (autoload 'dired-do-copy-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6484 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6485 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6487 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6489 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6490 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6491 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6493 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6495 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6496 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6497 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6499 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6501 (autoload 'dired-upcase "dired-aux" "\
6502 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6504 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6506 (autoload 'dired-downcase "dired-aux" "\
6507 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6511 (autoload 'dired-maybe-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6512 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6513 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
6514 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6515 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6516 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6518 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6520 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6521 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6522 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6523 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6524 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6525 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6526 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
6528 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6530 (autoload 'dired-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6531 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6532 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6533 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6534 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6535 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6537 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6539 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6541 (autoload 'dired-prev-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6542 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6543 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6545 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6547 (autoload 'dired-goto-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6548 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6549 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6550 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6554 (autoload 'dired-mark-subdir-files "dired-aux" "\
6555 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6556 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6557 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6561 (autoload 'dired-kill-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6562 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6563 Lower levels are unaffected.
6565 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6567 (autoload 'dired-tree-up "dired-aux" "\
6568 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6572 (autoload 'dired-tree-down "dired-aux" "\
6573 Go down in the dired tree.
6577 (autoload 'dired-hide-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6578 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6579 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6580 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6584 (autoload 'dired-hide-all "dired-aux" "\
6585 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6586 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6587 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6591 (autoload 'dired-isearch-filenames-setup "dired-aux" "\
6592 Set up isearch to search in Dired file names.
6593 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
6597 (autoload 'dired-isearch-filenames "dired-aux" "\
6598 Search for a string using Isearch only in file names in the Dired buffer.
6602 (autoload 'dired-isearch-filenames-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6603 Search for a regexp using Isearch only in file names in the Dired buffer.
6607 (autoload 'dired-do-isearch "dired-aux" "\
6608 Search for a string through all marked files using Isearch.
6612 (autoload 'dired-do-isearch-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6613 Search for a regexp through all marked files using Isearch.
6617 (autoload 'dired-do-search "dired-aux" "\
6618 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6619 Stops when a match is found.
6620 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6622 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6624 (autoload 'dired-do-query-replace-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6625 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6626 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6627 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6628 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6630 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6632 (autoload 'dired-show-file-type "dired-aux" "\
6633 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6634 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6635 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6637 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6641 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
6642 ;;;;;; (18853 19459))
6643 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6645 (autoload 'dired-jump "dired-x" "\
6646 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6647 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6648 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6649 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6650 buffer and try again.
6652 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6654 (autoload 'dired-do-relsymlink "dired-x" "\
6655 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
6656 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
6657 This creates relative symbolic links like
6661 not absolute ones like
6663 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
6665 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
6667 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6671 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6672 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
6673 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6675 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6676 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6677 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6678 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6679 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6680 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6681 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6685 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6686 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6687 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6689 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6691 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6692 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6694 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6698 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (18787
6700 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6702 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6703 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6704 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6705 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6706 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6707 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6709 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6713 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6714 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6715 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6716 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6717 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6718 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (18787 48912))
6719 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6721 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6722 Return a new, empty display table.
6726 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6727 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6728 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6729 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6730 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6732 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6734 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6735 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6736 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6737 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6738 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6740 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6742 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6743 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6747 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6748 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6752 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6753 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6757 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6758 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6762 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6763 Display character C using printable string S.
6767 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6768 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6769 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6770 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6772 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6774 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6775 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6776 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6779 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6781 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6782 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6784 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6786 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6787 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6789 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6791 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6792 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6794 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6796 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6797 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6799 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6801 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6802 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6804 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6806 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6807 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6809 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6810 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6811 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6812 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6814 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6815 if ARG is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6816 European character display.
6818 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6819 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6820 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6821 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6823 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6824 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6825 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6826 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6827 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6833 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6834 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
6835 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6837 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6838 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6839 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6840 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6841 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6842 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6843 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6850 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (18787 48912))
6851 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6853 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist '(("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file)) "\
6854 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6855 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6856 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6857 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6858 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6860 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6861 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6862 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6863 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6864 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6866 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6870 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6871 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (18787 48936))
6872 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6874 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6875 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6876 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6877 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6878 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6879 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6880 table and its own syntax table.
6882 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6885 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6887 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6888 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6891 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
6895 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
6896 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (18875 4623))
6897 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6899 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6900 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6901 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
6903 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6905 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6906 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6908 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6909 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6911 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6912 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6913 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6917 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6918 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6919 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6920 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6922 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6924 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6931 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (18787 48933))
6932 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6934 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6935 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6941 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (18791 16507))
6942 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6944 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6946 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6949 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6950 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6952 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6956 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (18787 48933))
6957 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6959 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6960 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6966 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6967 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
6968 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6970 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
6971 Play sounds in message buffers.
6977 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6978 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6979 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (18787 48921))
6980 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6982 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6984 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6985 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6986 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6987 and toggle command MODE.
6989 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6990 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6991 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6992 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6993 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6994 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6995 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6996 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6999 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7000 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7001 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
7002 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7003 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7004 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7005 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7006 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7007 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7008 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7009 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7010 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7011 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7012 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7013 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7014 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7015 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7017 For example, you could write
7018 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7019 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7022 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7024 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7026 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7028 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7029 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7030 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7031 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7032 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7033 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7034 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7035 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7036 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7037 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7038 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7039 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7041 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7042 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7043 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7044 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7045 call another major mode in their body.
7047 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7049 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7050 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7051 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7052 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7053 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7054 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7055 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7057 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7059 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7060 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7061 :inherit Parent keymap.
7063 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7064 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7066 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7068 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7071 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7073 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7074 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7075 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7077 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7081 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7082 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (18787
7084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7086 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7088 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7089 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7091 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7092 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7093 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7095 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7096 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7100 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7101 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7105 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7106 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7110 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7111 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7113 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7115 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7117 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7119 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7120 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7122 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7123 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7125 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7127 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7129 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7133 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7134 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7135 computed automatically.
7136 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7140 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7142 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7143 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7144 keyboard equivalent.
7148 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7149 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7153 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7154 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7158 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7159 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
7163 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7164 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
7168 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7172 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7173 radio: A radio button.
7174 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7175 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7177 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7181 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7182 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7186 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7188 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7189 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7190 as a solid horizontal line.
7192 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7194 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7196 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7199 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7201 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7202 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7203 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7204 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7206 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7208 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7209 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7210 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7211 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7212 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7213 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7215 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7216 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7217 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7219 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7220 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7221 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7223 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7224 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7226 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7230 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7231 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7232 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7233 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7234 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7235 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7236 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7237 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (18787 48934))
7238 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7240 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7241 Customization for ebnf group.
7245 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7246 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7248 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7250 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7253 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7255 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7257 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7258 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7260 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7261 killed after process termination.
7263 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7265 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7267 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7268 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7270 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7271 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7274 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7275 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7276 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7277 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7279 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7281 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7282 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7283 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7285 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7287 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7288 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7290 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7292 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7295 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7297 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7299 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7300 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7302 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7303 killed after process termination.
7305 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7307 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7309 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7310 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7311 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7312 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7314 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7318 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7319 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7320 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7322 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7324 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7326 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7327 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7329 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7331 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7334 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7336 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7338 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7339 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7341 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7342 killed after EPS generation.
7344 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7346 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7348 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7349 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7351 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7352 The EPS file name has the following form:
7354 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7356 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7357 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7359 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7360 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7361 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7362 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7363 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7365 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7370 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7371 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7373 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7374 The EPS file name has the following form:
7376 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7378 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7379 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7381 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7382 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7383 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7384 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7385 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7387 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7390 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7392 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7394 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7395 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7397 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7399 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7402 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7404 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7406 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7407 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7409 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7410 killed after syntax checking.
7412 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7414 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7416 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7417 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7421 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7422 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7424 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7426 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7427 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7431 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7432 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7434 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7438 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7439 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7441 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7443 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7445 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7448 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7452 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7453 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7455 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7457 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7459 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7460 Set STYLE as the current style.
7462 Returns the old style symbol.
7464 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7468 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7469 Reset current style.
7471 Returns the old style symbol.
7473 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7475 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7477 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7478 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7480 Returns the old style symbol.
7482 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7484 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7486 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7488 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7489 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7491 Returns the old style symbol.
7493 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7495 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7501 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7502 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7503 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7504 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7505 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7506 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7507 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7508 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7509 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7510 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7511 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (18875
7513 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7515 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7516 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7517 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7518 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7519 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7520 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7522 Tree mode key bindings:
7523 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7527 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7528 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7532 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7533 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7535 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7539 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7540 View declaration of member at point.
7544 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7545 Find declaration of member at point.
7549 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7550 View definition of member at point.
7554 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7555 Find definition of member at point.
7559 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7560 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7564 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7565 View definition of member at point in other window.
7569 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7570 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7574 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7575 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7579 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7580 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7584 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7585 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7589 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7590 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7591 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7592 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7595 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7597 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7598 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7599 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7600 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7602 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7604 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7605 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7606 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7607 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7609 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7611 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7612 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7613 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7615 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7617 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7618 Search for call sites of a member.
7619 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7620 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7621 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7622 looks like a function call to the member.
7624 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7626 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7627 Move backward in the position stack.
7628 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7632 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7633 Move forward in the position stack.
7634 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7638 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7639 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7643 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7644 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7648 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7649 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7650 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7651 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7653 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7655 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7656 Display statistics for a class tree.
7662 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7663 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
7664 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7666 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7667 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7668 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7669 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7671 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7672 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7673 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7675 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7676 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7677 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7679 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7681 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7687 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7688 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (18787 48912))
7689 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7691 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7692 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7693 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7695 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7699 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7700 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
7701 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7703 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7710 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7711 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7712 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (18791 16517))
7713 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7715 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7716 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7717 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7718 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7719 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7721 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7722 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7723 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7724 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7726 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7728 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7729 Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7730 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7731 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7733 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7735 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7736 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7737 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7738 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7740 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7742 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7744 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7745 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7746 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7747 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7748 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7750 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7751 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7752 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7753 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7754 instrumented for Edebug.
7756 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7757 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7758 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7759 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7764 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7765 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7769 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7770 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7776 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7777 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7778 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7779 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7780 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7781 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7782 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7783 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7784 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-files3 ediff-files)
7785 ;;;;;; "ediff" "ediff.el" (18821 3055))
7786 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7788 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7789 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7791 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7793 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7794 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7796 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7798 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7800 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7802 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7803 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7804 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7805 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7809 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7810 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7812 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7814 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7816 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7817 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7819 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7821 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7823 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7824 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7825 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7826 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7828 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7830 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7832 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7833 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7834 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7835 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7837 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7839 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7841 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7842 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7843 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7844 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7846 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7848 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7850 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7851 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7852 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7853 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7855 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7857 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7859 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7860 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7861 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7862 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7863 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7864 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7866 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7868 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7869 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7870 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7871 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7873 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7875 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7877 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7878 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7879 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7880 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7882 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7884 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7886 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7888 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7889 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7890 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7892 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7893 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7895 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7897 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7898 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7899 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7901 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7902 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7904 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7906 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7907 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7908 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7909 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7910 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7912 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7914 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7915 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7916 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7917 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7918 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7919 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7921 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7923 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7925 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7926 Merge two files without ancestor.
7928 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7930 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7931 Merge two files with ancestor.
7933 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7935 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7937 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7938 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7940 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7942 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7943 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7945 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7947 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7948 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7949 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7952 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7954 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7955 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7956 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7959 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7961 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7962 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7963 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7964 and don't ask the user.
7965 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7966 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7968 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7970 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7971 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7972 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7973 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7974 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7975 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7976 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7977 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7979 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7981 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7983 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7985 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7986 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7987 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7988 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7989 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7991 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7993 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7995 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7996 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7997 When called interactively, displays the version.
8001 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
8002 Display Ediff's manual.
8003 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8005 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8009 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8010 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
8011 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8013 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (18787 48912))
8021 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8023 (if (featurep 'xemacs) (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (when (featurep 'menubar) (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button '("Tools") "-------" "OO-Browser..."))) (defvar ediff-menu '("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t])) (defvar ediff-merge-menu '("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t])) (defvar epatch-menu '("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t])) (defvar ediff-misc-menu '("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep 'ediff-util) (boundp 'ediff-window-setup-function)) (eq ediff-window-setup-function 'ediff-setup-windows-multiframe))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep 'ediff-tbar) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))])) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock)) (not (featurep 'ediff-hook))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset 'menu-bar-epatch-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-epatch-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-menu)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] '(menu-item "This Window and Next Window" compare-windows :help "Compare the current window and the next window")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] '(menu-item "Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise :help "Compare windows line-wise")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] '(menu-item "Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise :help "Compare windows word-wise")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] '(menu-item "Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise :help "Compare regions line-wise")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] '(menu-item "Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise :help "Compare regions word-wise")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] '(menu-item "Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions :help "Compare directory files with their older versions")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] '(menu-item "File with Revision..." ediff-revision :help "Compare file with its older versions")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] '(menu-item "Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 :help "Compare files common to three directories simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] '(menu-item "Two Directories..." ediff-directories :help "Compare files common to two directories simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] '(menu-item "Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 :help "Compare three buffers simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] '(menu-item "Three Files..." ediff-files3 :help "Compare three files simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] '(menu-item "Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers :help "Compare two buffers simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] '(menu-item "Two Files..." ediff-files :help "Compare two files simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor :help "Merge versions of the files in the same directory by comparing the files with common ancestors")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] '(menu-item "Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions :help "Merge versions of the files in the same directory (without using ancestor information)")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor :help "Merge versions of the same file by comparing them with a common ancestor")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] '(menu-item "Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions :help "Merge versions of the same file (without using ancestor information)")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor :help "Merge files common to a pair of directories by comparing the files with common ancestors")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] '(menu-item "Directories..." ediff-merge-directories :help "Merge files common to a pair of directories")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor :help "Merge buffers by comparing their contents with a common ancestor")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] '(menu-item "Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers :help "Merge buffers (without using ancestor information)")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor :help "Merge files by comparing them with a common ancestor")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] '(menu-item "Files..." ediff-merge-files :help "Merge files (without using ancestor information)")) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] '(menu-item "To a Buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer :help "Apply a patch to the contents of a buffer")) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] '(menu-item "To a File..." ediff-patch-file :help "Apply a patch to a file")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] '(menu-item "Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" ediff-toggle-multiframe :help "Switch between the single-frame presentation mode and the multi-frame mode")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] '(menu-item "List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry :help "List all active Ediff sessions; it is a convenient way to find and resume such a session")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] '(menu-item "Customize Ediff" ediff-customize :help "Change some of the parameters that govern the behavior of Ediff")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] '(menu-item "Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation :help "Bring up the Ediff manual")))
8027 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8028 ;;;;;; (18821 3055))
8029 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8031 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8032 Display Ediff's registry.
8036 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8040 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8041 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (18791 16508))
8042 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8044 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8045 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8046 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8051 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8052 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8053 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8054 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8060 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8061 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8062 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
8063 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8065 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8066 *Non-nil if `edit-kbd-macro' should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8067 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8069 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8070 Edit a keyboard macro.
8071 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8072 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8073 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8075 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8077 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8079 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8080 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8082 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8084 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8085 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8087 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8089 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8090 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8091 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8092 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8093 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8094 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8096 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8097 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8098 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8099 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8101 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8103 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8104 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8105 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8106 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8107 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8108 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8110 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8114 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8115 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (18787 48923))
8116 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8118 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8120 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8121 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8123 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8125 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8126 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8132 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8133 ;;;;;; (18794 5653))
8134 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8136 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8137 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8138 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8139 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8140 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8141 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8142 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8144 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8145 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8147 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8148 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8149 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8150 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8152 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8153 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8154 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8156 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8157 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8158 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8160 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8162 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8165 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8169 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8170 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (18811 27444))
8171 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8173 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8174 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8176 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8178 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8179 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8180 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8181 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8182 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8183 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8184 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8186 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8190 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8191 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8195 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8196 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8197 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8198 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8199 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8200 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8203 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8204 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8205 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8208 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8209 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8213 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (18787
8215 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8217 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8218 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8220 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8221 an elided material again.
8223 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8229 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8230 ;;;;;; (18852 12908))
8231 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8233 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8240 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8241 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (18821
8243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8245 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8246 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8247 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8249 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8251 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8252 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8253 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8254 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8256 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8258 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8259 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8260 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8262 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8264 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8266 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8267 Display current profiling results.
8268 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8269 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8276 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8277 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
8278 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8280 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8281 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8282 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8284 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8288 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8289 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8290 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8291 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8292 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (18742 35183))
8293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8295 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8296 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8297 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8298 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8299 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8300 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8301 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8302 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8303 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8304 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8305 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8306 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8307 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8308 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8309 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8310 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8312 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8313 Run Emerge on two files.
8315 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8317 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8318 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8320 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8322 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8323 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8325 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8327 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8328 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8330 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8332 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8337 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8342 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8345 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8347 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8350 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8352 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8353 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8355 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8357 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8358 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8360 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8362 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8365 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8369 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
8370 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
8371 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
8373 (autoload 'encoded-kbd-setup-display "encoded-kb" "\
8374 Set up a `input-decode-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
8376 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
8378 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
8382 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8383 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (18787 48936))
8384 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8386 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8387 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8388 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8389 text/enriched format.
8390 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8392 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8393 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8397 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8399 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8401 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8404 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8406 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8409 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8413 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8414 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8415 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8416 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8417 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8418 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (18787
8420 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8422 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8423 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8425 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8427 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8428 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8430 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8432 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8433 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8434 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8435 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8436 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8437 the keys are listed.
8438 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8440 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8442 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8447 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8452 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8453 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8455 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8457 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8458 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8460 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8462 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8463 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8465 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8466 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8467 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8468 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8469 should consider using the string based counterpart
8470 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8471 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8475 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8476 (decode-coding-string
8477 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8480 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8482 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8483 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8485 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8486 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8488 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8490 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8491 Verify the current region between START and END.
8493 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8494 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8495 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8496 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8497 should consider using the string based counterpart
8498 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8499 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8503 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8504 (decode-coding-string
8505 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8508 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8510 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8511 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8512 between START and END.
8514 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8515 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8517 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8519 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8520 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8522 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8523 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8524 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8525 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8526 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8527 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8531 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8534 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8536 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8538 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8539 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8541 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8542 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8543 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8544 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8545 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8546 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8550 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8553 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8556 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8558 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8559 Delete selected KEYS.
8561 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8563 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8564 Import keys from FILE.
8568 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8569 Import keys from the region.
8571 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8573 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8574 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8575 between START and END.
8577 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8579 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8580 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8582 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8584 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8585 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8591 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8592 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (18787 48912))
8593 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8595 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8596 Decrypt marked files.
8600 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8601 Verify marked files.
8605 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8610 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8611 Encrypt marked files.
8617 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8618 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (18787 48912))
8619 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8621 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8624 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8626 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8631 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8638 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8639 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8640 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (18787 48912))
8641 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8643 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8644 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8646 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8648 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8649 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8650 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8652 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8656 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8657 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8658 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8660 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8664 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8665 Sign the current buffer.
8666 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8668 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8670 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8672 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8673 Encrypt the current buffer.
8674 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8676 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8678 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8680 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8681 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8682 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8684 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8688 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8689 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8690 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8691 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8692 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8693 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8695 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8697 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8698 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8700 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8704 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-generate-key-from-string epg-generate-key-from-file
8705 ;;;;;; epg-start-generate-key epg-sign-keys epg-start-sign-keys
8706 ;;;;;; epg-delete-keys epg-start-delete-keys epg-receive-keys epg-start-receive-keys
8707 ;;;;;; epg-import-keys-from-string epg-import-keys-from-file epg-start-import-keys
8708 ;;;;;; epg-export-keys-to-string epg-export-keys-to-file epg-start-export-keys
8709 ;;;;;; epg-encrypt-string epg-encrypt-file epg-start-encrypt epg-sign-string
8710 ;;;;;; epg-sign-file epg-start-sign epg-verify-string epg-verify-file
8711 ;;;;;; epg-start-verify epg-decrypt-string epg-decrypt-file epg-start-decrypt
8712 ;;;;;; epg-cancel epg-list-keys) "epg" "epg.el" (18787 48912))
8713 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8715 (autoload 'epg-list-keys "epg" "\
8716 Return a list of epg-key objects matched with NAME.
8717 If MODE is nil or 'public, only public keyring should be searched.
8718 If MODE is t or 'secret, only secret keyring should be searched.
8719 Otherwise, only public keyring should be searched and the key
8720 signatures should be included.
8721 NAME is either a string or a list of strings.
8723 \(fn CONTEXT &optional NAME MODE)" nil nil)
8725 (autoload 'epg-cancel "epg" "\
8728 \(fn CONTEXT)" nil nil)
8730 (autoload 'epg-start-decrypt "epg" "\
8731 Initiate a decrypt operation on CIPHER.
8732 CIPHER must be a file data object.
8734 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8735 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8736 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8737 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8738 `epg-decrypt-file' or `epg-decrypt-string' instead.
8740 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER)" nil nil)
8742 (autoload 'epg-decrypt-file "epg" "\
8743 Decrypt a file CIPHER and store the result to a file PLAIN.
8744 If PLAIN is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8746 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER PLAIN)" nil nil)
8748 (autoload 'epg-decrypt-string "epg" "\
8749 Decrypt a string CIPHER and return the plain text.
8751 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER)" nil nil)
8753 (autoload 'epg-start-verify "epg" "\
8754 Initiate a verify operation on SIGNATURE.
8755 SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT are a data object if they are specified.
8757 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be set.
8758 For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be nil.
8760 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8761 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8762 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8763 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8764 `epg-verify-file' or `epg-verify-string' instead.
8766 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT)" nil nil)
8768 (autoload 'epg-verify-file "epg" "\
8769 Verify a file SIGNATURE.
8770 SIGNED-TEXT and PLAIN are also a file if they are specified.
8772 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be
8773 string. For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be
8774 nil. In the latter case, if PLAIN is specified, the plaintext is
8775 stored into the file after successful verification.
8777 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT PLAIN)" nil nil)
8779 (autoload 'epg-verify-string "epg" "\
8780 Verify a string SIGNATURE.
8781 SIGNED-TEXT is a string if it is specified.
8783 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be
8784 string. For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be
8785 nil. In the latter case, this function returns the plaintext after
8786 successful verification.
8788 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT)" nil nil)
8790 (autoload 'epg-start-sign "epg" "\
8791 Initiate a sign operation on PLAIN.
8792 PLAIN is a data object.
8794 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8795 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8796 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8798 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8799 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8800 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8801 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8802 `epg-sign-file' or `epg-sign-string' instead.
8804 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8806 (autoload 'epg-sign-file "epg" "\
8807 Sign a file PLAIN and store the result to a file SIGNATURE.
8808 If SIGNATURE is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8809 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8810 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8811 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8813 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN SIGNATURE &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8815 (autoload 'epg-sign-string "epg" "\
8816 Sign a string PLAIN and return the output as string.
8817 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8818 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8819 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8821 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8823 (autoload 'epg-start-encrypt "epg" "\
8824 Initiate an encrypt operation on PLAIN.
8825 PLAIN is a data object.
8826 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8828 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8829 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8830 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8831 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8832 `epg-encrypt-file' or `epg-encrypt-string' instead.
8834 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8836 (autoload 'epg-encrypt-file "epg" "\
8837 Encrypt a file PLAIN and store the result to a file CIPHER.
8838 If CIPHER is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8839 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8841 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS CIPHER &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8843 (autoload 'epg-encrypt-string "epg" "\
8844 Encrypt a string PLAIN.
8845 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8847 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8849 (autoload 'epg-start-export-keys "epg" "\
8850 Initiate an export keys operation.
8852 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8853 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8854 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8855 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8856 `epg-export-keys-to-file' or `epg-export-keys-to-string' instead.
8858 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8860 (autoload 'epg-export-keys-to-file "epg" "\
8861 Extract public KEYS.
8863 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS FILE)" nil nil)
8865 (autoload 'epg-export-keys-to-string "epg" "\
8866 Extract public KEYS and return them as a string.
8868 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8870 (autoload 'epg-start-import-keys "epg" "\
8871 Initiate an import keys operation.
8872 KEYS is a data object.
8874 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8875 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8876 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8877 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8878 `epg-import-keys-from-file' or `epg-import-keys-from-string' instead.
8880 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8882 (autoload 'epg-import-keys-from-file "epg" "\
8883 Add keys from a file KEYS.
8885 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8887 (autoload 'epg-import-keys-from-string "epg" "\
8888 Add keys from a string KEYS.
8890 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8892 (autoload 'epg-start-receive-keys "epg" "\
8893 Initiate a receive key operation.
8894 KEY-ID-LIST is a list of key IDs.
8896 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8897 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8898 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8899 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8900 `epg-receive-keys' instead.
8902 \(fn CONTEXT KEY-ID-LIST)" nil nil)
8904 (autoload 'epg-receive-keys "epg" "\
8905 Add keys from server.
8906 KEYS is a list of key IDs
8908 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8910 (defalias 'epg-import-keys-from-server 'epg-receive-keys)
8912 (autoload 'epg-start-delete-keys "epg" "\
8913 Initiate a delete keys operation.
8915 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8916 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8917 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8918 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8919 `epg-delete-keys' instead.
8921 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" nil nil)
8923 (autoload 'epg-delete-keys "epg" "\
8924 Delete KEYS from the key ring.
8926 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" nil nil)
8928 (autoload 'epg-start-sign-keys "epg" "\
8929 Initiate a sign keys operation.
8931 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8932 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8933 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8934 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8935 `epg-sign-keys' instead.
8937 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional LOCAL)" nil nil)
8939 (autoload 'epg-sign-keys "epg" "\
8940 Sign KEYS from the key ring.
8942 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional LOCAL)" nil nil)
8944 (autoload 'epg-start-generate-key "epg" "\
8945 Initiate a key generation.
8946 PARAMETERS specifies parameters for the key.
8948 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8949 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8950 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8951 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8952 `epg-generate-key-from-file' or `epg-generate-key-from-string' instead.
8954 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8956 (autoload 'epg-generate-key-from-file "epg" "\
8957 Generate a new key pair.
8958 PARAMETERS is a file which tells how to create the key.
8960 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8962 (autoload 'epg-generate-key-from-string "epg" "\
8963 Generate a new key pair.
8964 PARAMETERS is a string which tells how to create the key.
8966 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8970 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8971 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (18787 48912))
8972 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8974 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8975 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8979 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8980 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8982 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8984 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8985 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8987 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8991 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8992 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (18875 4272))
8993 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8995 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8996 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9000 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
9001 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
9002 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
9004 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
9006 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
9007 (server (erc-compute-server))
9008 (port (erc-compute-port))
9009 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9011 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9013 That is, if called with
9015 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9017 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9018 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9019 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9021 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9023 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
9025 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
9026 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9027 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9028 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9030 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (18787
9036 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9037 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (18787 48924))
9042 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9043 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (18787 48924))
9048 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9049 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (18787 48924))
9054 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9055 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9059 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9060 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (18800 40734))
9061 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9062 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
9064 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9065 Parser for /dcc command.
9066 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9067 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9068 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9070 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9072 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9073 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9077 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
9078 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9080 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9081 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9082 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9085 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9089 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9090 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9091 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9092 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9093 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9094 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9096 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
9097 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9099 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9101 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
9102 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9103 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9104 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9106 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9108 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
9111 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9113 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
9114 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9116 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9118 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
9119 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9121 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9123 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9124 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9126 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9128 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9129 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9131 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9133 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9134 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9136 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9138 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9139 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9141 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9143 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9144 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9148 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9149 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9155 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (18787
9157 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9158 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9160 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9161 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9162 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (18787
9170 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9171 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9175 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9176 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (18787 48924))
9177 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9178 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9180 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9181 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9182 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9183 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9184 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9185 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9188 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9190 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9193 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9197 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9198 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9199 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9201 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (18787 48924))
9209 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9210 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (18787 48924))
9215 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9216 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9220 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9221 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (18787 48924))
9222 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9223 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9225 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9226 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9227 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9228 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9229 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9230 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9232 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9234 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9235 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9236 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9237 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9239 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9240 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9243 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9244 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9246 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9250 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9251 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9252 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9253 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9254 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9255 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9257 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9258 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9262 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9263 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9267 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9268 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9272 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9273 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9277 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9278 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9282 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9283 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9287 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9288 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9292 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9293 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (18787 48924))
9300 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9301 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9305 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9306 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9307 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9308 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9310 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9317 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9318 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (18787 48924))
9319 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9321 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9322 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9323 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9324 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9328 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9329 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9335 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9336 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (18787 48924))
9337 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9338 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9340 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9341 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9342 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9343 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9345 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9347 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (18787 48924))
9355 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9356 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (18787
9362 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9363 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (18787 48924))
9368 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9369 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (18787 48924))
9374 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9375 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9379 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9380 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (18787 48924))
9381 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9382 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9384 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9385 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9389 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9390 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9391 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9393 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (18787 48924))
9398 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9399 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9403 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9404 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9405 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9407 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9408 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9409 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (18787
9417 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9418 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (18787 48924))
9423 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9424 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9428 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9429 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9430 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9432 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9433 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9434 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9436 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9438 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9439 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9442 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9443 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9444 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9447 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9451 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9452 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (18787 48924))
9453 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9454 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9456 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9457 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9458 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9459 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9461 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9463 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9464 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9465 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9471 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9472 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9473 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9474 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9476 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9477 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9483 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (18808
9485 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9487 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9488 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9496 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (18787
9498 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9500 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
9501 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9503 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9507 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9508 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (18787 48924))
9509 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9511 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9512 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9513 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9514 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9515 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9516 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9517 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9518 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9519 buffer selected (or created).
9521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9523 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9524 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9525 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9527 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9529 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9530 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9531 The result might be any Lisp object.
9532 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9533 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9534 corresponding to a successful execution.
9536 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9538 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9542 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9543 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9544 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9545 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9546 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9547 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9548 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9549 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
9550 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9552 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9553 *File name of tags table.
9554 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9555 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9556 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9557 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9559 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9560 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9561 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9562 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9564 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9566 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9567 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9568 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9569 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9570 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9571 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9573 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9575 (defvar tags-compression-info-list '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz") "\
9576 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9577 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9578 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9579 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9580 `auto-compression-mode').")
9582 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9584 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9585 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9586 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9587 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9588 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9590 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9592 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9593 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9594 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9595 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9597 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9599 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9600 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9601 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9602 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9603 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9605 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9607 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9608 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9612 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9613 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9614 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9615 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9617 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9618 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9619 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9620 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9621 file the tag was in.
9623 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9625 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9626 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9627 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9628 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9629 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9630 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9631 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9632 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9633 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9635 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9637 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9638 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9639 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9640 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9641 without directory names.
9645 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9646 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9647 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9648 but does not select the buffer.
9649 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9651 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9652 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9653 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9654 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9655 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9657 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9659 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9660 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9661 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9663 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9665 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9667 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9668 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9669 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9670 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9672 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9673 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9674 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9675 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9676 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9678 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9680 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9681 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9682 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9684 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9686 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9687 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9689 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9690 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9691 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9692 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9693 around or before point.
9695 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9696 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9697 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9698 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9699 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9701 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9703 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9704 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9705 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9707 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9709 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9710 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9712 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9713 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9714 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9715 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9716 around or before point.
9718 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9719 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9720 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9721 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9722 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9724 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9726 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9727 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9728 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9730 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9732 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9733 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9735 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9736 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9737 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9739 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9740 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9741 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9742 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9743 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9745 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9747 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9748 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9749 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9751 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9753 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9754 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9755 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9757 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9758 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9760 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9761 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9762 where they were found.
9766 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9767 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9769 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9770 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9771 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9773 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9774 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9776 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9777 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9779 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9781 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9782 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9783 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9784 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9786 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9787 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9788 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9789 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9790 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9792 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9793 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9795 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9796 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9797 Stops when a match is found.
9798 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9800 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9802 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9804 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9805 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9806 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9807 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9808 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9809 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9810 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9811 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9813 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9814 produce the list of files to search.
9816 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9818 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9820 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9821 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9822 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9823 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9824 directory specification.
9826 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9828 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9829 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9831 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9833 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9834 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9835 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9836 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9840 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9841 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9842 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9843 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9844 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9850 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9851 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9852 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9853 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9854 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9855 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9856 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9857 ;;;;;; (18811 27444))
9858 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9860 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9865 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9866 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9868 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9869 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9871 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9872 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9875 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9876 even if the buffer is read-only.
9878 See also the descriptions of the variables
9879 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9881 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9883 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9884 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9886 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9887 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9889 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9890 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9893 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9894 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9896 See also the descriptions of the variables
9897 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9899 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9901 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9902 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9903 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9904 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9906 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9908 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9909 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9910 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9911 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9913 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9914 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9917 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9918 buffer is read-only.
9920 See also the descriptions of the variables
9921 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9922 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9924 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9926 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9927 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9929 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9930 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9932 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9933 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9934 the primary language.
9936 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9937 buffer is read-only.
9939 See also the descriptions of the variables
9940 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9941 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9943 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9945 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9946 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9947 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9949 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9951 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9952 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9956 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9957 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9959 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9960 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9963 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9964 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9965 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9967 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9969 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9971 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9972 This function is deprecated.
9976 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9977 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9981 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9982 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9986 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9987 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9989 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9990 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9992 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9993 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9997 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9998 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10002 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
10003 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
10007 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
10008 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10012 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
10013 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
10014 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
10018 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
10021 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
10025 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10026 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10027 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
10028 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10030 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
10031 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10032 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10033 server for future sessions.
10035 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10037 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
10038 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10039 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10041 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10043 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
10044 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10045 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10047 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10049 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
10050 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10051 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10052 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10053 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10054 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10055 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10056 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10057 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10058 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10059 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10060 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10062 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10064 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10065 Display a form to query the directory server.
10066 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10067 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10069 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10071 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10072 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10073 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10077 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] '(menu-item "Get Phone" eudc-get-phone :help "Get the phone field of name from the directory server")) (define-key map [email] '(menu-item "Get Email" eudc-get-email :help "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server")) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] '("--")) (define-key map [expand-inline] '(menu-item "Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline :help "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point")) (define-key map [query] '(menu-item "Query with Form" eudc-query-form :help "Display a form to query the directory server")) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] '("--")) (define-key map [new] '(menu-item "New Server" eudc-set-server :help "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL")) (define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc :help "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client")) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10081 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10082 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10083 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (18787 48930))
10084 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10086 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10087 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10089 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10091 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10092 Display URL and make it clickable.
10094 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10096 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10097 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10099 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10101 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10102 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10104 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10106 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10107 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10109 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10111 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10112 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10114 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10118 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10119 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (18787 48930))
10120 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10122 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10123 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10124 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10128 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10129 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10135 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10136 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
10137 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10139 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10140 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10146 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (18787
10148 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10150 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10151 Create an empty ewoc.
10153 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10155 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10156 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10157 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10158 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10159 `insert-before-markers'.
10161 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10162 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10163 respectively, of the ewoc.
10165 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10166 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10167 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10169 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10173 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10174 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10175 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10176 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
10177 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10179 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10180 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10181 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10183 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10185 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10186 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10187 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10188 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10189 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10191 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10193 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10194 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10195 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10196 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10197 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10200 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10202 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10203 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10204 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10208 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10209 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10210 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10217 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10218 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10219 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
10220 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10222 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10223 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10224 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10225 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10227 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10229 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10230 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10231 to generate such functions.
10233 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10234 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10235 beginning of the expanded text.
10237 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10238 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10239 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10240 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10242 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10244 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10246 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10247 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10248 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10252 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10253 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10254 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10258 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10259 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10260 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10263 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10264 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10268 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (18791 16531))
10269 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10271 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10272 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10273 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10275 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10276 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10277 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10279 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10284 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10287 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10289 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10291 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10292 `f90-program-indent'
10293 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10295 `f90-continuation-indent'
10296 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10297 `f90-comment-region'
10298 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10299 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10300 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10301 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10303 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10304 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10305 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10306 `f90-break-delimiters'
10307 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10308 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10309 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10310 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10312 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10313 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10315 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10316 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10317 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10318 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10319 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10320 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10321 `f90-leave-line-no'
10322 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10324 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10325 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10331 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10332 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10333 ;;;;;; face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base face-remap-add-relative)
10334 ;;;;;; "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (18787 48913))
10335 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10337 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10338 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10340 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
10341 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10343 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10344 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10345 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
10346 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
10347 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
10348 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
10349 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
10351 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
10352 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
10353 using `face-remap-set-base'.
10355 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10357 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10358 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
10360 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10362 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10363 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10364 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
10365 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
10366 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
10367 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
10369 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10371 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10372 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10373 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10375 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10376 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10377 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10378 will remove any scaling currently active.
10382 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10383 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10384 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10387 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10388 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10389 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10390 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10392 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10393 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
10395 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10396 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10398 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10399 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10400 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10402 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
10403 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
10404 is one of the above.
10406 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10407 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10408 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10409 will remove any scaling currently active.
10411 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10412 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10413 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10414 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10415 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10419 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10420 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10421 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
10422 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10426 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10427 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10428 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10429 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10430 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
10432 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10433 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
10435 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10437 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10438 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10439 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10440 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10442 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10443 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10444 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10445 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10447 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10448 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10450 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10452 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10453 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10454 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10455 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10461 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10462 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10463 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (18577 50420))
10464 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10466 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10467 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10468 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10469 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10473 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10474 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10476 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10478 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10479 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10480 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10481 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10483 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10485 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10486 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10487 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10488 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10489 backup file names and the like).
10491 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10493 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10494 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10495 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10496 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10497 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10498 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10499 internally by feedmail):
10501 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10502 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10503 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10504 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10506 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10507 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10508 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10509 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10510 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10512 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10516 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10517 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (18787 48913))
10518 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10520 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10521 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10522 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10523 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10524 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10525 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10526 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10528 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10530 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10531 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10532 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10533 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10534 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10535 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10536 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10538 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10540 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10542 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10543 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10544 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10545 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10546 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10547 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10549 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10551 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10552 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10553 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10555 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10556 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10561 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10562 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10564 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10566 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10567 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10573 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10574 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10575 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10576 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (18787 48913))
10577 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10579 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10580 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10581 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10582 be added to the cache.
10584 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10586 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10587 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10588 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10589 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10590 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10592 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10594 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10595 Add FILE to the file cache.
10599 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10600 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10601 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10603 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10605 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10606 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10607 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10609 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10611 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10612 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10613 This function does not use any external programs
10614 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10615 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10616 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10618 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10620 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10621 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10622 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10623 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10624 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10625 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10626 \(directories) is done.
10632 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (18787
10634 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10636 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10637 Filesets initialization.
10638 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10644 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (18787 48913))
10645 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10647 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10648 Initiate the building of a find command. For exmple:
10650 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10651 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10653 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10655 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10656 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10658 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10662 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-name-arg
10663 ;;;;;; find-grep-options find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option)
10664 ;;;;;; "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (18787 48913))
10665 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10667 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) '("-ls" . "-gilsb") '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld")) "\
10668 Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10669 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10670 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10671 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10673 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
10675 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10676 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10677 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10678 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10679 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10681 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
10683 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10684 Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10685 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10686 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10688 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
10690 (defvar find-name-arg (if read-file-name-completion-ignore-case "-iname" "-name") "\
10691 Argument used to specify file name pattern.
10692 If `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' is non-nil, -iname is used so that
10693 find also ignores case. Otherwise, -name is used.")
10695 (custom-autoload 'find-name-arg "find-dired" t)
10697 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10698 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10699 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10701 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10703 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10704 as the final argument.
10706 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10708 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10709 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10710 and run dired on those files.
10711 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10712 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10714 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10716 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10718 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10719 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10720 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10722 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10724 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10726 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10730 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10731 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10732 ;;;;;; (18787 48913))
10733 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10735 (defvar ff-special-constructs '(("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10736 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10737 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10738 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10739 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10740 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10741 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10743 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10744 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10745 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10747 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10749 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10751 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10753 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10754 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10755 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10757 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10758 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10760 Variables of interest include:
10762 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10763 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10764 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10766 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10767 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10768 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10770 - `ff-ignore-include'
10771 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10773 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10774 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10777 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10779 - `ff-special-constructs'
10780 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10781 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10782 extracting the filename from that construct.
10784 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10785 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10787 - `ff-search-directories'
10788 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10789 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10791 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10792 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10794 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10795 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10797 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10798 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10800 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10801 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10803 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10804 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10806 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10808 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10809 Visit the file you click on.
10811 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10813 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10814 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10816 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10820 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10821 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10822 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10823 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10824 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10825 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10826 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (18834 14041))
10827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10829 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10830 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10831 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10833 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10835 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10836 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10837 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10838 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10840 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10841 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10842 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10843 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10845 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10847 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10848 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10850 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10851 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10852 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10853 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10855 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10856 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10859 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10861 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10862 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10864 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10865 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10866 places point before the definition.
10867 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10869 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10870 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10871 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10873 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10875 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10876 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10878 See `find-function' for more details.
10880 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10882 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10883 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10885 See `find-function' for more details.
10887 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10889 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10890 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10892 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10893 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10894 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10896 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10897 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10899 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10901 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10902 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10904 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10905 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10906 places point before the definition.
10908 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10910 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10911 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10912 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10914 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10916 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10917 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10919 See `find-variable' for more details.
10921 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10923 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10924 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10926 See `find-variable' for more details.
10928 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10930 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10931 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10932 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10933 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10934 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10935 buffer nor display it.
10937 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10938 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10940 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10942 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10943 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10945 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10946 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10947 places point before the definition.
10949 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10951 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10952 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10953 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10957 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10958 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10959 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10963 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10964 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10968 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10969 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10973 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10974 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10980 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10981 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (18787 48913))
10982 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10984 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10985 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10987 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10989 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10990 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10994 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10995 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10997 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11001 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11002 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (18868 8783))
11003 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11005 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11006 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11010 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11011 Display FILE's commentary section.
11012 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11016 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11017 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11023 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11024 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (18794 5653))
11025 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11027 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11028 Toggle flow control handling.
11029 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11030 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11032 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11034 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11035 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11036 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11037 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11038 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11039 to get the effect of a C-q.
11041 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11045 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11046 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11047 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11049 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11052 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11054 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11057 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11061 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11062 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (18875 4272))
11063 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11065 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11066 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11067 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11068 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11072 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11073 Turn flymake mode on.
11077 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11078 Turn flymake mode off.
11084 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11085 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11086 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (18852 12908))
11087 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11089 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11090 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11093 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11095 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11096 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11097 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11098 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11099 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11100 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
11101 otherwise turn it off.
11104 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11105 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11106 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11107 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11110 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11113 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11114 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11115 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11117 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11119 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11120 in your .emacs file.
11122 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11123 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11127 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11128 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11132 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11133 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11137 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11138 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11142 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11143 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11145 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11147 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11148 Flyspell whole buffer.
11154 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11155 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11156 ;;;;;; (18787 48913))
11157 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11159 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11160 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11164 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11165 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11169 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11170 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11172 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11173 of two major techniques:
11175 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11176 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11177 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11179 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11180 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11181 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11184 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11185 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11186 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11187 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11188 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11191 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11192 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11194 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11196 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11197 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11198 \(This is the default.)
11200 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11202 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11203 \\{follow-mode-map}
11205 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11207 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11208 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11210 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11211 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11212 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11213 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11214 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11215 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11217 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11218 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11219 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11221 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11222 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11223 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11229 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (18787
11231 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11233 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11234 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11235 \\<message-mode-map>
11236 This minor mode provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get
11237 started, play around with the following keys:
11240 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11241 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11242 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11243 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11244 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11245 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11246 \\[Footnote-set-style] Footnote-set-style
11248 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11252 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11253 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (18787 48913))
11254 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11256 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11257 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11259 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11260 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11261 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11262 C-c < forms-first-record <
11263 C-c > forms-last-record >
11264 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11265 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11266 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11267 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11268 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11269 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11270 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11271 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11272 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11273 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11275 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11277 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11278 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11282 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11283 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11289 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11290 ;;;;;; (18791 16531))
11291 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11293 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11294 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11295 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11297 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11298 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11300 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11303 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11305 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11307 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11308 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11309 `fortran-do-indent'
11310 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11311 `fortran-if-indent'
11312 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11313 `fortran-structure-indent'
11314 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11316 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11317 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11318 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11319 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11320 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11321 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11322 nil don't change the indentation
11323 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11325 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11326 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11327 depending on the continuation format in use.
11328 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11329 indentation for a line of code.
11331 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11332 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11333 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11334 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11335 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11336 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11337 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11338 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11339 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11340 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11342 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11343 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11344 statements (default nil).
11345 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11346 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11347 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11348 `fortran-continuation-string'
11349 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11350 line (default \"$\").
11351 `fortran-comment-region'
11352 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11353 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11354 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11355 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11356 as typed (default t).
11357 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11358 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11360 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11361 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11367 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11368 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (18787 48933))
11369 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11371 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11372 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11374 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11375 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11377 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11379 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11380 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11382 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11383 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11385 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11387 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11388 Compile fortune file.
11390 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11391 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11393 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11395 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11396 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11398 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11399 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11400 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11401 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11403 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11405 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11406 Display a fortune cookie.
11408 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11409 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11410 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11411 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11413 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11417 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11418 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
11419 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11421 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-ui" "\
11422 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11423 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
11424 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
11426 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11427 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11428 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11429 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11431 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11432 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11433 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11434 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11435 some of the buffers.
11437 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11439 The following commands help control operation :
11441 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11442 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11444 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11445 detailed description of this mode.
11447 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11449 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11450 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11451 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11453 | Source buffer | I/O buffer for debugged program |
11455 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11456 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints/threads buffer |
11457 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11459 The option \"--annotate=3\" must be included in this value. To
11460 run GDB in text command mode, use `gud-gdb'. You need to use
11461 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
11464 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11466 (defalias 'gdba 'gdb)
11468 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11469 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11471 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-ui" t)
11475 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11476 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (18787
11478 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11480 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11481 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11482 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11483 instead (which see).")
11485 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11486 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11488 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11489 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11490 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11491 documentation string instead.
11493 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11494 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11495 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11496 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11497 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11498 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11499 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11500 enders are actually possible.
11502 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11503 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11505 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11506 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11507 `font-lock-keywords'.
11509 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11510 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11511 runs the macro expansion.
11513 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11514 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11515 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11517 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11519 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11521 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11522 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11524 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11526 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11527 Enter generic mode MODE.
11529 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11530 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11531 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11533 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11534 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11538 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11539 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11540 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11541 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11542 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11543 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11544 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11545 `font-lock-keywords'.
11547 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11551 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11552 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
11553 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11555 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11556 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11557 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11558 at places they belong to.
11560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11564 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11565 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11566 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11567 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11569 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11570 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11571 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11573 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11575 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11576 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11578 Guideline for numbers:
11580 3 - non-serious error messages
11581 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11582 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11583 9 - messages inside loops.
11585 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11587 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11588 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11589 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11591 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11593 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11594 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11596 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11598 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11599 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11601 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11602 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11603 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11604 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11605 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11606 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11608 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11609 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11610 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11611 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11612 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11614 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11616 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11620 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11621 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (18838 52324))
11622 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11623 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11624 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11626 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11627 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11631 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11633 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11634 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11635 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11636 name of an NNTP server to use.
11637 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11640 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11642 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11643 Read news as a slave.
11645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11647 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11648 Pop up a frame to read news.
11649 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11650 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11651 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11652 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11653 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11654 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11655 current display is used.
11657 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11659 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11661 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11662 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11663 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11665 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11669 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11670 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11671 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11672 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11673 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11674 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (18787 48925))
11675 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11677 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11678 Start Gnus unplugged.
11682 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11683 Start Gnus plugged.
11687 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11688 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11690 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11692 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11693 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11695 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11696 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11697 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11699 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11700 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11701 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11705 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11706 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11710 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11711 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11712 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11713 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11714 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11717 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11719 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11720 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11721 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11722 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11723 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11726 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11728 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11729 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11733 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11734 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11735 downloaded into the agent.
11737 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11739 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11740 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11741 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11742 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11744 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11746 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11747 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11751 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11752 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11756 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11757 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11758 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11760 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11764 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11765 ;;;;;; (18841 61157))
11766 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11768 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11769 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11775 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11776 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11777 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11779 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
11780 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11786 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11787 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (18787 48925))
11788 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11790 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11791 Set a bookmark for this article.
11795 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11796 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11798 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11800 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11801 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11802 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11803 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11804 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11810 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11811 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11812 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (18787
11814 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11816 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11817 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11820 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11824 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11825 Generate the cache active file.
11827 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11829 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11830 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11834 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11835 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11836 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11837 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11838 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11841 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11843 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11844 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11845 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11846 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11847 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11850 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11854 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11855 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (18787 48925))
11856 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11858 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11859 Delay this article by some time.
11860 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11862 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11863 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11865 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11866 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11868 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11869 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11871 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11873 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11874 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11878 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11879 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11880 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11881 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11883 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11884 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11886 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11890 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11891 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (18787 48925))
11892 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11894 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11897 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11899 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11902 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11906 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11907 ;;;;;; (18853 19461))
11908 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11910 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11911 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11917 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11918 ;;;;;; (18862 237))
11919 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11921 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11922 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11928 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11929 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11930 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (18787
11932 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11934 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11935 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11939 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11940 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11944 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11945 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11947 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11948 different input formats.
11952 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11953 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11955 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11956 different input formats.
11960 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11961 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11962 The PNG is returned as a string.
11964 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11966 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11967 Convert FILE to a Face.
11968 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11971 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11975 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11976 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (18787 48925))
11977 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11979 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11980 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11981 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11982 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11984 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11986 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11987 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11989 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11993 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11994 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11995 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11997 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11999 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12000 Run batched scoring.
12001 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12007 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12008 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12009 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12010 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12012 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12017 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12018 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12019 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12021 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12023 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12024 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12026 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12032 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12033 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12034 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12035 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12037 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12038 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12039 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12040 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12043 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12044 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12045 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12046 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12048 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12049 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12050 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12051 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12052 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12053 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12054 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12055 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12056 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12057 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12059 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12061 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12062 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12063 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12066 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12067 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12069 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12071 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12072 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12073 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12075 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12079 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12080 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12081 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12083 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12085 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12086 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12087 existing groups are considered.
12089 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12090 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12093 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12094 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12095 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12096 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12097 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12098 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12099 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12100 clauses will be generated.
12102 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12103 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12104 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12105 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12106 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12107 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12109 For example, given the following group parameters:
12112 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12113 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12115 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12116 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12117 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12118 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12120 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12122 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12124 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12126 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12127 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12130 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12134 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12135 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12136 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12138 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
12139 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12140 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12142 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12146 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12147 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (18791 16520))
12148 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12150 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12151 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12152 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12153 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12155 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12157 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12160 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12162 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12163 Like `message-reply'.
12165 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12167 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12171 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12172 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (18850 57238))
12173 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12175 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups "gnus-nocem" "\
12176 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12180 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache "gnus-nocem" "\
12181 Load the NoCeM cache.
12187 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12188 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12189 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12190 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12192 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12193 Display picons in the From header.
12194 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12198 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12199 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12200 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12204 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12205 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12206 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12212 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12213 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12214 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12215 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12216 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (18787 48925))
12217 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12219 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12220 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12221 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12222 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12224 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12226 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12227 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12228 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12231 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12233 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12234 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12235 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12237 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12239 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12242 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12244 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12245 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12246 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12248 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12250 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12251 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12252 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12254 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12256 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12258 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12259 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12260 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12262 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12264 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12265 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12266 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12268 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12270 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12271 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12272 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12274 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12276 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12277 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12279 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12283 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12284 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (18787 48925))
12285 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12287 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12288 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12292 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12293 Install the registry hooks.
12299 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12300 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (18787
12302 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12304 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12305 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12306 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12307 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12308 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12309 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12313 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12314 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12315 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12316 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12317 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12321 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12328 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12329 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12330 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12332 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
12333 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12334 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12335 for matching on group names.
12337 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12338 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12340 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12342 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12348 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12349 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12350 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12352 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12353 Update the format specification near point.
12359 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12360 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (18791
12362 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12364 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12365 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12367 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12369 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news "gnus-start" "\
12376 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12377 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12378 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12380 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12381 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12383 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12387 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (18787 48933))
12388 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12390 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12391 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12393 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12394 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12395 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12397 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12398 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12399 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12401 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12402 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12404 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12405 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12407 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12409 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12413 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12414 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (18799
12416 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12418 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12420 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12421 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12422 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12423 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12424 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12426 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12428 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12429 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12430 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12432 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12433 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12435 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12436 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12439 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12441 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12442 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12444 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12446 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12447 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
12449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12453 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12454 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12455 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (18858 55376))
12456 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12458 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12459 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12461 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12463 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12464 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12465 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12466 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12467 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12469 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12470 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12472 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" t)
12474 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12475 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12476 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12477 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12479 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" t)
12481 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12482 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12484 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12486 (defvar grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(
\e\\[01;31m\\(?:
\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(
\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12487 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12489 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12490 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12491 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12493 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12494 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12495 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12497 (defvar xargs-program "xargs" "\
12498 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12499 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12500 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12502 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12503 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12504 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12505 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12506 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12508 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12510 (defvar grep-history nil)
12512 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12514 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12515 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12516 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12520 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12525 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12526 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12530 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12531 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12532 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12533 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
12536 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12537 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12539 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12540 can easily repeat a grep command.
12542 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12543 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12544 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12547 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12549 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12550 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12551 Collect output in a buffer.
12552 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12553 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12555 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12556 easily repeat a find command.
12558 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12560 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12562 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12563 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12564 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12565 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12566 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12568 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12569 before it is executed.
12570 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12572 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12573 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12574 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12576 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12578 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12580 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12581 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12582 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12583 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12584 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12586 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12587 before it is executed.
12588 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12590 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12591 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12592 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12594 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12596 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12600 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (18792 40816))
12601 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12603 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12604 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12605 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12606 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12607 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12609 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12613 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb)
12614 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (18787 48934))
12615 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12617 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12618 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12619 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12620 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12622 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12624 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12625 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12626 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12627 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12629 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12631 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12632 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12633 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12634 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12636 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12638 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12639 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12640 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12641 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12643 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12644 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12646 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12648 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12649 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12650 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12651 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12653 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12655 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12656 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12657 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12658 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12660 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12662 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12663 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12664 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12665 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12666 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12668 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12669 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12670 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12671 original source file access method.
12673 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12674 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12676 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12677 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12679 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode))
12681 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12682 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12688 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (18787
12690 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12692 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12693 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12694 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12695 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12697 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12698 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12699 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12700 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12706 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12707 ;;;;;; (18430 59248))
12708 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12710 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12711 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12713 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12715 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12716 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12717 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12718 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12720 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12724 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12725 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12726 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12727 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12734 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12735 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12736 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (18787 48929))
12737 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12739 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12740 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12744 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12745 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12746 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12750 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12751 Verify a hashcash payment
12753 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12755 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12756 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12757 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12758 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12759 `mail-add-payment-async').
12761 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12763 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12764 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12765 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12766 Calculation is asynchronous.
12768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12770 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12771 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12772 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12778 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12779 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12780 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12781 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (18787 48913))
12782 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12784 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12785 Return the help-echo string at point.
12786 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12787 property, or nil, is returned.
12788 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12789 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12790 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12792 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12794 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12795 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12796 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12797 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12798 this produces no string either, return nil.
12802 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12803 Display local help in the echo area.
12804 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12805 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12806 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12809 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12810 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12811 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12815 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12816 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12817 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12821 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12822 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12823 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12827 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12828 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12829 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12830 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12831 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12832 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12833 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12834 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12835 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12836 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12837 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12839 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12840 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12841 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12842 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12843 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12845 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12846 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12847 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12848 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12849 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12850 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12851 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12852 The default is `never'.")
12854 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12856 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12857 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12858 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12859 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12860 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12861 considered different regions.
12863 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12864 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12865 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12866 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12867 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12868 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12869 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12870 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12871 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12873 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12875 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12876 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12877 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12878 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12881 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12882 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12883 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12884 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12885 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12886 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12887 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12888 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12890 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12891 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12892 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12893 rarely happens in practice.
12895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12897 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12898 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12899 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12900 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12901 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12902 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12904 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12908 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12909 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 find-lisp-object-file-name
12910 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12911 ;;;;;; (18856 725))
12912 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12914 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12915 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12917 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12919 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12920 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12921 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12923 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12925 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
12926 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12927 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12928 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12929 If TYPE is `variable', search for a variable definition.
12930 If TYPE is `face', search for a face definition.
12931 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12932 search for a function definition.
12934 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12935 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12936 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12937 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12938 suitable file is found, return nil.
12940 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
12942 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12945 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12947 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12948 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12949 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12950 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12952 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12954 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12955 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12956 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12957 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12958 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12959 it is displayed along with the global value.
12961 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12963 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12964 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12965 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12966 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12968 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12970 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12971 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12972 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12973 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12974 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12976 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12980 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12981 ;;;;;; (18787 48914))
12982 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12984 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12985 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12986 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12987 window listing and describing the options.
12988 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12989 gives the window that lists the options.")
12991 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
12995 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12996 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12997 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (18896
12999 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13001 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13002 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13003 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13009 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13014 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13019 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13020 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13022 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13023 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13024 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13025 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13027 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13028 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13029 restore it properly when going back.
13031 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13033 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13034 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13035 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13037 Otherwise, it is *Help*; if no buffer with that name currently
13038 exists, it is created.
13042 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13043 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13045 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13046 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13047 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13048 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13049 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13050 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13051 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13052 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13054 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13055 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13056 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13057 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13059 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13060 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13063 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13065 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13066 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13067 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13068 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13069 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13070 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13072 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13074 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13075 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13076 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13077 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13078 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13080 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13082 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13083 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13085 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13089 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13090 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (18787 48922))
13091 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13093 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13094 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13098 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13099 Provide help for current mode.
13105 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13106 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (18791 16509))
13107 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13109 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13110 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13111 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13112 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13113 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13115 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13116 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13118 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13119 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13120 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13121 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13123 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13124 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13127 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13132 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13133 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13134 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13135 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13136 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13137 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13138 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13139 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13140 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13141 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13142 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13143 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13144 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13145 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13146 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13148 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13149 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13150 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13152 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13155 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13157 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13158 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13159 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13161 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13162 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13163 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13165 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13166 into the buffer at the current point.
13168 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13169 into the buffer at the current point.
13171 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13172 into the buffer at the current point.
13174 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13176 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13177 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13179 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13181 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13183 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13185 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13186 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13187 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13188 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13190 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13192 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13193 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13194 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13200 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13201 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13202 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13203 ;;;;;; (18787 48914))
13204 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13206 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13207 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13209 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13210 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13211 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13212 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13213 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13214 called interactively, are:
13216 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13217 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13219 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13220 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13221 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13222 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13224 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13225 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13227 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13228 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13230 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13231 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13232 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13233 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13234 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13235 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13236 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13237 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13238 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13239 function returns t.
13241 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13242 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13244 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13245 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13248 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13249 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13250 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13251 Patterns will be read until
13253 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13255 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13257 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13258 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13259 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13260 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13261 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13262 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13264 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13266 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13267 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13268 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13269 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13270 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13274 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13276 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13277 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13279 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13280 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13281 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13282 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13283 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13285 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13287 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13289 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13290 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13292 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13293 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13294 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13295 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13296 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13298 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13300 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13302 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13303 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13305 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13306 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13308 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13310 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13312 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13313 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13315 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13316 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13317 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13318 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13319 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13321 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13323 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13324 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13326 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13327 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13328 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13334 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13335 ;;;;;; (18794 5654))
13336 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13338 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13339 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13340 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13341 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13342 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13343 how the hiding is done:
13346 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13347 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13350 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13351 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13352 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13353 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13354 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13357 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13358 #endif lines when hiding.
13360 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13361 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13364 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13365 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13366 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13368 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13374 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13375 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
13376 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13378 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning)) "\
13379 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13380 Each element has the form
13381 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13383 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13384 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13386 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13387 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13389 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13390 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13391 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13392 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13393 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13394 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13396 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13397 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13399 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13400 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13402 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13403 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13404 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13406 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13407 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13408 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13409 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13410 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13412 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13413 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13414 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13416 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13417 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13419 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13422 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13426 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13427 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13433 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13434 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13435 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13436 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13437 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (18787
13439 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13441 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13442 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
13444 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
13446 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
13447 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
13448 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
13451 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13452 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13453 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13454 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13455 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13456 through various faces.
13457 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13458 buffer with the contents of a file
13459 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13461 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13463 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13464 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
13466 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
13467 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
13468 in a distinctive face.
13470 The default value can be customized with variable
13471 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
13473 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13475 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13477 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13478 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13479 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13481 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13483 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13484 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13488 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13489 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13493 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13494 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13496 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13497 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13498 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13499 shown in the last face in the list.
13501 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13502 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13503 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13505 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13509 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13510 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13512 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13514 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13517 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13518 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13520 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13521 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13522 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13524 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13526 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13527 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13529 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13530 this function is called interactively.
13532 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13533 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13534 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13536 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13537 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13538 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13540 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13542 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13543 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13544 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13545 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13546 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13547 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13549 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13551 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13552 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
13553 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13554 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13555 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13561 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13562 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13563 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13564 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13565 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (18787 48914))
13566 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13568 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13569 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13570 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13571 or insert functions in this list.")
13573 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13575 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13576 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13578 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13580 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13581 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13583 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13585 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13586 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13588 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13590 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13591 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13593 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13595 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13596 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13597 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13599 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13601 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers '("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode) "\
13602 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13603 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13606 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13608 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13609 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13610 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13611 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13612 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13614 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13616 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13617 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13618 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13619 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13620 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13622 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13623 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13624 undoes the expansion.
13628 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13629 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13630 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13631 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13633 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13637 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13638 ;;;;;; (18787 48914))
13639 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13641 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13642 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13643 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13645 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13646 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13647 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13648 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13649 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13651 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13652 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13653 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13654 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13658 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13659 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13660 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13661 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13662 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13663 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13665 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13667 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13668 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13669 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13671 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13672 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13678 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays calendar-holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13679 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13680 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13681 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13682 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (18794 5654))
13683 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13685 (defvar holiday-general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "\
13686 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13687 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13689 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13691 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13693 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13695 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice)))) "\
13697 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13699 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13701 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13703 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13705 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13707 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13709 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13711 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13713 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13715 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13716 User defined holidays.
13717 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13719 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13721 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13723 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13725 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))) "\
13726 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13728 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13730 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))) "\
13731 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13733 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13735 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah"))) "\
13736 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13738 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13740 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av))) "\
13741 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13743 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13745 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc)))) "\
13747 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13749 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13751 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13753 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13755 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")))) "\
13756 Christian holidays.
13757 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13759 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13761 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13763 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13765 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
13767 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13769 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13771 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13773 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13775 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
13777 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13779 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13781 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13783 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13785 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name)))) "\
13786 Sun-related holidays.
13787 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13789 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13791 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13793 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13795 (defvar calendar-holidays (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-christian-holidays holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-solar-holidays) "\
13796 List of notable days for the command \\[holidays].
13798 Additional holidays are easy to add to the list, just put them in the
13799 list `holiday-other-holidays' in your .emacs file. Similarly, by setting
13800 any of `holiday-general-holidays', `holiday-local-holidays',
13801 `holiday-christian-holidays', `holiday-hebrew-holidays',
13802 `holiday-islamic-holidays', `holiday-bahai-holidays',
13803 `holiday-oriental-holidays', or `holiday-solar-holidays' to nil in your
13804 .emacs file, you can eliminate unwanted categories of holidays.
13806 The aforementioned variables control the holiday choices offered
13807 by the function `holiday-list' when it is called interactively.
13809 They also initialize the default value of `calendar-holidays',
13810 which is the default list of holidays used by the function
13811 `holiday-list' in the non-interactive case. Note that these
13812 variables have no effect on `calendar-holidays' after it has been
13813 set (e.g. after the calendar is loaded). In that case, customize
13814 `calendar-holidays' directly.
13816 The intention is that (in the US) `holiday-local-holidays' be set in
13817 site-init.el and `holiday-other-holidays' be set by the user.
13819 Entries on the list are expressions that return (possibly empty) lists of
13820 items of the form ((month day year) string) of a holiday in the
13821 three-month period centered around `displayed-month' of `displayed-year'.
13822 Several basic functions are provided for this purpose:
13824 (holiday-fixed MONTH DAY STRING) is a fixed date on the Gregorian calendar
13825 (holiday-float MONTH DAYNAME K STRING &optional DAY) is the Kth DAYNAME
13826 (0 for Sunday, etc.) after/before Gregorian
13827 MONTH DAY. K<0 means count back from the end
13828 of the month. Optional DAY defaults to 1 if
13829 K>0, and MONTH's last day otherwise.
13830 (holiday-hebrew MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Hebrew calendar
13831 (holiday-islamic MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Islamic calendar
13832 (holiday-bahai MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Baha'i calendar
13833 (holiday-julian MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Julian calendar
13834 (holiday-sexp SEXP STRING) SEXP is a Gregorian-date-valued expression
13835 in the variable `year'; if it evaluates to
13836 a visible date, that's the holiday; if it
13837 evaluates to nil, there's no holiday. STRING
13838 is an expression in the variable `date'.
13840 For example, to add Bastille Day, celebrated in France on July 14, add
13842 (holiday-fixed 7 14 \"Bastille Day\")
13844 to the list. To add Hurricane Supplication Day, celebrated in the Virgin
13845 Islands on the fourth Monday in August, add
13847 (holiday-float 8 1 4 \"Hurricane Supplication Day\")
13849 to the list (the last Monday would be specified with `-1' instead of `4').
13850 To add the last day of Hanukkah to the list, use
13852 (holiday-hebrew 10 2 \"Last day of Hanukkah\")
13854 since the Hebrew months are numbered with 1 starting from Nisan.
13855 To add the Islamic feast celebrating Mohammed's birthday, use
13857 (holiday-islamic 3 12 \"Mohammed's Birthday\")
13859 since the Islamic months are numbered from 1 starting with Muharram.
13860 To add an entry for the Baha'i festival of Ridvan, use
13862 (holiday-bahai 2 13 \"Festival of Ridvan\")
13864 since the Baha'i months are numbered from 1 starting with Baha.
13865 To add Thomas Jefferson's birthday, April 2, 1743 (Julian), use
13867 (holiday-julian 4 2 \"Jefferson's Birthday\")
13869 To include a holiday conditionally, use the sexp form or a conditional. For
13870 example, to include American presidential elections, which occur on the first
13871 Tuesday after the first Monday in November of years divisible by 4, add
13874 '(if (zerop (% year 4))
13875 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
13876 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
13877 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
13878 (list 11 1 year)))))))
13879 \"US Presidential Election\")
13883 (if (zerop (% displayed-year 4))
13885 (calendar-extract-day
13886 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
13887 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
13888 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
13889 (list 11 1 displayed-year)))))))
13890 \"US Presidential Election\"))
13892 to the list. To include the phases of the moon, add
13896 to the holiday list, where `lunar-phases' is an Emacs-Lisp function that
13897 you've written to return a (possibly empty) list of the relevant VISIBLE dates
13898 with descriptive strings such as
13900 (((2 6 1989) \"New Moon\") ((2 12 1989) \"First Quarter Moon\") ... ).")
13902 (custom-autoload 'calendar-holidays "holidays" t)
13904 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13906 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13907 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13908 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13909 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13911 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13913 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13914 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13915 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13916 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13917 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13919 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13920 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13922 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13923 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13925 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13926 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13927 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13928 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13931 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13933 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13935 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13939 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (18787
13941 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13943 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13944 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13950 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13951 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13952 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13953 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13954 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13955 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13956 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13957 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13958 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13959 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13960 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13961 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13962 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13963 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13964 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13965 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13966 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13967 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13968 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13969 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13970 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13971 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13972 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (18875 4271))
13973 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13975 (autoload 'ibuffer-auto-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13976 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13977 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13979 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13981 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13982 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13984 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13986 (autoload 'ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13987 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13989 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13991 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13992 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13994 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13996 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13997 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
14001 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14002 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
14004 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
14006 (autoload 'ibuffer-backward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14007 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
14009 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
14010 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
14011 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
14012 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
14013 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
14014 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
14015 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
14016 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
14017 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-isearch "ibuf-ext")
14018 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-isearch-regexp "ibuf-ext")
14019 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
14020 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
14021 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
14022 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
14024 (autoload 'ibuffer-included-in-filters-p "ibuf-ext" "\
14027 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
14029 (autoload 'ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14030 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
14034 (autoload 'ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14035 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
14039 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14040 Remove the first filter group.
14044 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14045 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
14047 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
14049 (autoload 'ibuffer-clear-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14050 Remove all filter groups.
14054 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14055 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
14059 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14060 Kill the filter group named NAME.
14061 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
14065 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-line "ibuf-ext" "\
14066 Kill the filter group at point.
14067 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
14069 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
14071 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank "ibuf-ext" "\
14072 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
14076 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14077 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
14081 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14082 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
14083 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
14084 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14086 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
14088 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14089 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
14090 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
14094 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14095 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
14096 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups' is used.
14100 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-disable "ibuf-ext" "\
14101 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14105 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14106 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14110 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14111 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14113 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14114 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14115 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14119 (autoload 'ibuffer-exchange-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14120 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14124 (autoload 'ibuffer-negate-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14125 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14129 (autoload 'ibuffer-or-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14130 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14131 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14134 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14136 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14137 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14138 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14140 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14142 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14143 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14147 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14148 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14152 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14153 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14156 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14157 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14158 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14159 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14160 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14161 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14162 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14163 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14165 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14166 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14167 Default sorting modes are:
14168 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14169 Name - the name of the buffer
14170 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14171 Size - the size of the buffer
14175 (autoload 'ibuffer-invert-sorting "ibuf-ext" "\
14176 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14179 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14180 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14181 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14182 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14183 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-filename/process "ibuf-ext")
14185 (autoload 'ibuffer-bs-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14186 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14190 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide "ibuf-ext" "\
14191 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14192 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14193 for this Ibuffer session.
14195 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14197 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14198 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14199 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14200 for this Ibuffer session.
14202 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14204 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14205 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14207 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14208 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14210 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14211 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14213 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14215 (autoload 'ibuffer-backwards-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14216 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14218 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14219 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14221 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14223 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-kill-lines "ibuf-ext" "\
14224 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14228 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-buffer "ibuf-ext" "\
14229 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14231 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14232 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14233 hidden group filter, open it.
14235 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14236 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14237 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14241 (autoload 'ibuffer-diff-with-file "ibuf-ext" "\
14242 View the differences between marked buffers and their associated files.
14243 If no buffers are marked, use buffer at point.
14244 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14248 (autoload 'ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill "ibuf-ext" "\
14249 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14251 The names are separated by a space.
14252 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14254 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14255 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14256 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14257 to `ibuffer-default-directory' if non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14259 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14263 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14264 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14266 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14268 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14269 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14271 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14273 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14274 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14276 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14278 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14279 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14283 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14284 Mark all modified buffers.
14288 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14289 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14293 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14294 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14298 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-help-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14299 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14303 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14304 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14308 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-old-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14309 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' hours.
14313 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-special-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14314 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14318 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14319 Mark all read-only buffers.
14323 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14324 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14328 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-occur "ibuf-ext" "\
14329 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14330 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14333 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14337 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14338 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (18787
14340 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14342 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14343 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14345 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14346 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14347 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14349 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14350 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14351 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14352 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14353 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14354 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14356 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14357 title of the column.
14359 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14360 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14361 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14362 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14363 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14365 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14367 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14368 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14369 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14370 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14371 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14373 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14374 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14375 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14377 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14379 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14380 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14381 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14382 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14383 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14384 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14386 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14387 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14388 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14389 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14390 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14391 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14392 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14393 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14395 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14396 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14397 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14398 buffer's modification flag.
14399 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14400 prompted before performing this operation.
14401 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14402 operation is complete, in the form:
14403 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14404 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14405 confirmation message, in the form:
14406 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14407 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14408 macro for exactly what it does.
14410 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14412 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14413 Define a filter named NAME.
14414 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14415 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14416 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14418 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14419 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14420 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14421 bound to the current value of the filter.
14423 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14427 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14428 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (18853 58440))
14429 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14431 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14432 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14433 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14434 buffers which are visiting a file.
14436 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14438 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14439 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14440 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14441 buffers which are visiting a file.
14443 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14445 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14446 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14447 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14449 All arguments are optional.
14450 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14451 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14452 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14453 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14454 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14455 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14456 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14457 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14458 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14459 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14460 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14461 that value locally in this buffer.
14463 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14467 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14468 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14469 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (18813 56068))
14470 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14472 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14473 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14474 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14475 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14477 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14479 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14480 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14481 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14482 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14484 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14485 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14486 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14488 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14490 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14491 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14492 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14493 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14494 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14495 non-marking or not.
14497 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14499 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14500 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14502 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14503 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14506 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14507 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14508 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14510 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14513 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14514 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14515 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14517 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14521 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (18787
14523 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14525 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14526 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14527 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14528 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14529 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14530 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14532 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14534 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14535 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14536 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
14537 otherwise turn it off.
14539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14543 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (18791 16531))
14544 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14546 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14547 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14548 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14549 Tab indents for Icon code.
14550 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14551 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14553 Variables controlling indentation style:
14554 icon-tab-always-indent
14555 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14556 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14558 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14559 inserted in Icon code.
14561 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14562 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14563 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14564 icon-continued-statement-offset
14565 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14566 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14567 icon-continued-brace-offset
14568 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14569 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14571 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14572 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14573 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14574 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14576 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14577 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14583 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14584 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
14585 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14587 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14588 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14589 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14590 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14592 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14593 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14596 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14597 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14599 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14600 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14601 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14603 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14605 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14609 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14610 ;;;;;; (18791 16532))
14611 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14613 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14614 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14616 The main features of this mode are
14618 1. Indentation and Formatting
14619 --------------------------
14620 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14621 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14623 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14624 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14625 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14626 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14628 Comments are indented as follows:
14630 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14631 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14632 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14634 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14636 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14637 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14638 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14639 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14640 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14641 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14643 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14644 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14645 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14646 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14650 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14651 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14652 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14653 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14654 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14655 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14656 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14657 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14658 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14659 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14664 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14665 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14666 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14667 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14671 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14672 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14673 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14674 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14675 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14678 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14679 --------------------------------
14680 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14681 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14683 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14684 \\fu FUNCTION template
14685 \\c CASE statement template
14686 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14687 \\f FOR loop template
14688 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14689 \\w WHILE loop template
14690 \\i IF statement template
14691 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14694 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14695 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14697 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14698 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14699 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14700 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14702 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14703 -------------------------
14704 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14705 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14707 7. Automatic END completion
14708 ------------------------
14709 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14710 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14714 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14715 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14717 9. Documentation and Customization
14718 -------------------------------
14719 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14720 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14721 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14722 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14723 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14727 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14728 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14729 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14731 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14737 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14738 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14739 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14740 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14741 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14742 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14743 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14744 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (18787
14746 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14748 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14749 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14750 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14751 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14753 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14754 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14755 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14757 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14758 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14760 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14762 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14763 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14764 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14765 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14766 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14767 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14768 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14769 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14770 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14774 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14775 Switch to another buffer.
14776 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14777 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14780 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14781 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14782 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14783 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14784 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14786 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14787 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14789 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14790 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14792 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14793 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14794 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14795 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14796 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14797 in a separate window.
14798 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14799 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14800 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14801 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14802 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14803 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14804 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14805 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14806 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14810 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14811 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14812 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14813 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14817 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14818 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14819 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14820 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14824 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14826 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14827 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14831 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14832 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14833 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14834 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14838 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14839 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14840 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14841 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14845 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14846 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14850 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14851 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14852 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14853 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14854 visible in another frame.
14856 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14857 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14858 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14859 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14860 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14861 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14863 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14864 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14866 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14867 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14869 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14870 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14871 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14872 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14873 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14874 in a separate window.
14875 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14876 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14877 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14878 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14879 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14880 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14881 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14882 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14883 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14884 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14885 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14886 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14887 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14888 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14889 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14893 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14894 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14895 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14896 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14900 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14901 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14902 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14903 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14907 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14908 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14909 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14910 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14914 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14915 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14916 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14917 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14921 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14922 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14923 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14924 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14928 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14929 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14930 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14931 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14935 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14936 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14937 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14938 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14942 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14943 Write current buffer to a file.
14944 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14945 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14949 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14950 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14951 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14952 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14956 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14957 Call `dired' the ido way.
14958 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14959 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14963 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14964 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14965 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14966 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14967 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14968 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14970 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14972 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14973 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14974 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14975 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14977 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14979 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14980 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14981 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14982 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14984 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14986 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14987 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14988 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14989 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14990 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14991 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14992 with `completing-read'.
14993 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14994 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14995 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14996 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14997 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14998 with point positioned at the end.
14999 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
15000 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
15002 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
15006 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (18787 48915))
15007 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
15008 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
15010 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
15011 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
15012 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
15018 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
15019 ;;;;;; (18787 48915))
15020 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15022 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15023 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
15027 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15028 Toggle inline image minor mode.
15030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15034 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
15035 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
15036 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
15037 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
15038 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (18852 12908))
15039 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15041 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
15042 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15043 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15046 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15048 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
15049 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15050 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15055 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15056 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15057 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15060 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15062 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15063 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15064 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15067 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15069 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15070 Determine and return image type.
15071 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15072 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15073 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15074 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15075 use its file extension as image type.
15076 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15078 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15080 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15081 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15082 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15084 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15086 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15087 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15088 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15090 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15091 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15092 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15093 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15098 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15100 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15101 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15102 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15103 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15104 use its file extension as image type.
15105 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15106 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15107 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15108 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15110 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15112 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15113 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15114 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15116 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15118 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15119 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15120 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15121 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15122 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15123 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15124 POS may be an integer or marker.
15125 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15126 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15127 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15128 means display it in the right marginal area.
15130 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15132 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15133 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15134 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15135 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15136 defaulted if you omit it.
15137 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15138 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15139 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15140 means display it in the right marginal area.
15141 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15142 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15143 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15144 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15145 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15147 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15149 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15150 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15151 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15152 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15153 defaulted if you omit it.
15154 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15155 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15156 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15157 means display it in the right marginal area.
15158 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15160 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15162 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15163 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15164 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15165 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15167 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15169 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15170 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15172 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15174 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15175 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15176 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15177 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15178 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15179 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15180 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15181 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15184 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15186 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15188 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15190 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15191 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15193 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15194 documentation string.
15196 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15197 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15198 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15199 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15200 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15201 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15202 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15207 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15208 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15210 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15214 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15215 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15216 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15217 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15218 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15219 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15220 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
15221 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (18787 48915))
15222 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15224 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15225 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
15229 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15230 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15232 Convenience command that:
15234 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15235 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15236 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15238 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15239 image files in dired and type
15240 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15242 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15244 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15245 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15247 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15249 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15250 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15251 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15252 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15253 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15256 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15257 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15258 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15260 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15261 instead of erasing it first.
15263 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15264 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15265 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15266 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15267 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15268 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15270 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15272 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15273 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15274 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15275 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15280 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15282 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15284 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15285 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15289 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15290 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15291 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15295 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15296 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15300 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15301 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15302 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15303 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15307 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15308 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15312 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15313 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15317 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15318 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15322 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15323 Display current image file.
15324 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15325 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15327 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15329 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15330 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15334 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15335 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15336 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15337 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15338 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15339 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15340 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15344 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15345 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15346 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15353 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15354 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15355 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (18787 48915))
15356 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15358 (defvar image-file-name-extensions '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg") "\
15359 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15360 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15361 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15363 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15364 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15365 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15366 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15368 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15370 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15371 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15372 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15373 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15375 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15376 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15377 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15378 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15380 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15382 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15383 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15387 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15388 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15389 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15390 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15392 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15394 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15395 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15396 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15397 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15398 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15399 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15401 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15403 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15404 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15405 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15406 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15408 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15409 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15410 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15412 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15416 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode
15417 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (18837 32920))
15418 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15419 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15420 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15421 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15422 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15423 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15424 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . c-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15425 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15426 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . xml-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15427 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15429 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15430 Major mode for image files.
15431 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15432 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15436 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15437 Toggle Image minor mode.
15438 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15439 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15443 (autoload 'image-mode-maybe "image-mode" "\
15444 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15445 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15446 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15447 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15448 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15450 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15451 information on these modes.
15455 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15458 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15462 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15463 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (18787 48915))
15464 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15466 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15467 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15469 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15471 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15472 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15475 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15477 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15478 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15479 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15481 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15483 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15484 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15486 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15487 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15488 pattern's structure.
15490 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15491 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15492 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15495 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15497 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15498 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15500 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15501 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15502 called within a `save-excursion'.
15504 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15506 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15508 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15509 Function for finding the next index position.
15511 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15512 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15513 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15516 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15517 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15519 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15521 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15522 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15524 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15525 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15526 It should return the name for that index item.")
15528 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15530 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15531 Function to compare string with index item.
15533 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15534 non-nil if they match.
15536 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15537 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15538 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15539 arguments match\".")
15541 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15543 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15544 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15545 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15547 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15549 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15551 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15553 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15554 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15555 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15556 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15560 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15561 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15563 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15567 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15568 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15569 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15570 for more information.
15572 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15576 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15577 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15578 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (18787 48929))
15579 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15581 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15582 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15584 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15586 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15589 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15591 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15594 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15596 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15599 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15601 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15602 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15604 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15608 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15609 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15610 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (18787 48934))
15611 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15613 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15614 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15615 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15616 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15617 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15619 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
15621 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15622 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15624 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
15626 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15627 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15628 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15629 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15630 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15631 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15632 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15633 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15635 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
15637 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15638 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15639 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15640 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15641 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15643 This variable is only used if the variable
15644 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15646 More precise choices:
15647 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15648 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15651 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15653 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
15655 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
15656 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15658 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15659 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15660 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15662 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15663 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15664 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15665 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15668 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15670 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15674 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15675 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15676 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15677 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (18799 16231))
15678 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15680 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15681 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15683 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15684 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15685 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15687 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15688 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15689 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15690 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15691 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15692 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15693 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15694 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15695 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15696 with the top-level Info directory.
15698 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15699 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15700 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15701 appended to the Info buffer name.
15703 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15704 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15705 in all the directories in that path.
15707 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15709 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15711 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15712 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15716 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15717 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15718 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15719 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15723 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15724 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15725 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15726 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15728 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15730 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15731 Go to the Info directory node.
15735 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15736 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15737 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15738 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15739 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15740 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15742 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15744 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15745 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15746 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15748 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15750 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15751 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15752 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15753 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15754 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15756 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15757 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15759 Selecting other nodes:
15760 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15761 Follow a node reference you click on.
15762 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15763 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15764 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15765 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15766 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15767 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15768 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15769 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15770 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15771 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15772 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15773 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15774 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15775 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15776 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15777 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15778 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15779 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15780 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15781 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15783 Moving within a node:
15784 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15785 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15786 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15787 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15788 move up to the parent node.
15789 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15790 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15792 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15795 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15796 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15797 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15798 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15799 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15800 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15801 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15802 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15803 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15804 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15805 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15806 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15807 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15808 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15809 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15810 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15811 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15814 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15816 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15817 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15818 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15819 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15820 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15821 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15823 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15824 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15826 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15827 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15829 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15830 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15831 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15832 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15836 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15837 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15838 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15842 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15845 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15849 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15850 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15851 ;;;;;; (18787 48915))
15852 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15854 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15855 Throw away all cached data.
15856 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15857 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15861 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15863 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15864 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15865 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15866 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15867 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15868 one found at point.
15870 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15872 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15873 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15875 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15876 Display the documentation of a file.
15877 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15878 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15879 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15880 The default file name is the one found at point.
15882 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15884 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15886 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15887 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15889 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15891 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15892 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15894 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15898 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15899 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (18787 48915))
15900 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15902 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15903 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15905 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15907 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15908 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15909 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15913 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15914 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15915 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15917 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15918 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15925 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15926 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (18787 48916))
15927 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15929 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15930 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15932 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15934 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15935 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15937 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15939 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15940 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15941 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15942 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15944 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15945 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15946 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15948 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15949 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15950 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15951 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15955 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15956 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15957 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15961 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15962 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15963 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15964 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15965 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15971 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15972 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15973 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
15974 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15976 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15977 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15981 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15982 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15986 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15989 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15993 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (18791
15995 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15997 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15998 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15999 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16000 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16001 accessed via isearchb.
16007 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
16008 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
16009 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
16010 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (18787 48928))
16011 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16013 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16014 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16015 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16016 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16017 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16019 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16021 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16022 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16023 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16024 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16025 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16027 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16029 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16030 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16031 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16032 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16033 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16035 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16037 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16038 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16039 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16040 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16041 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16043 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16045 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16046 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16047 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16048 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16049 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16051 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16053 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16054 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16055 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16056 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16057 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16059 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16061 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16062 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16063 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16064 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16065 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16067 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16069 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16070 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16071 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16072 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16074 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16076 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16077 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16078 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16079 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16081 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16083 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16084 Warn that format is read-only.
16086 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16088 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16089 Warn that format is write-only.
16091 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16093 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16094 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16101 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
16102 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16103 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
16104 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16105 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16109 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16110 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16111 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16112 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
16113 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (18875 4272))
16114 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16115 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16117 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16118 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16119 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16120 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16121 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16123 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16124 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16126 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16127 Key map for ispell menu.")
16129 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16130 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16131 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16132 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16134 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16136 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '(menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '(menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '(menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] '(menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help "Customize spell checking options")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '(menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] '(menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '(menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '(menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor"))))
16138 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '(menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings"))))
16140 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help "Skip headers and included message text")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer")) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16142 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist '((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)")) "\
16143 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16144 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16145 Valid forms include:
16146 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16147 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16148 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16149 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16151 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}"))) "\
16152 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16153 First list is used raw.
16154 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16156 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16157 for skipping in latex mode.")
16159 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16160 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16161 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16162 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16163 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16164 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16165 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16167 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16168 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16169 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16170 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16172 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16173 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16174 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16175 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16176 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16178 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16179 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16181 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16182 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16184 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16185 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16187 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16188 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16191 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16192 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16193 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16194 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16195 quit spell session exited.
16197 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16199 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16200 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16201 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16203 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16205 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16206 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16210 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16211 SPC: Accept word this time.
16212 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16213 `a': Accept word for this session.
16214 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16215 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16216 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16217 `?': Show these commands.
16218 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16219 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16220 the aborted check to be completed later.
16221 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16222 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16223 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16224 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16225 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16226 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16227 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16231 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16232 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16233 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16235 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16237 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16238 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16239 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16240 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16242 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16244 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16246 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16247 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16248 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16249 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16251 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16253 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16254 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16258 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16259 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16263 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16264 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16268 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16269 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16270 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16271 sequence inside of a word.
16273 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16275 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16277 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16278 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16282 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16283 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16284 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16285 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16287 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16288 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16289 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16290 available on the net.
16294 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16295 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16296 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
16297 otherwise turn it off.
16299 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16300 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16302 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16303 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16307 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16308 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16309 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16310 Don't check included messages.
16312 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16313 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16314 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16316 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16317 in your .emacs file:
16318 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16319 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16320 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16321 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16323 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16324 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16325 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16331 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (18787
16333 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16335 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16336 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16337 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16338 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16339 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16340 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16342 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16344 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16345 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16346 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
16347 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16348 `iswitchb' for details.
16350 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16354 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16355 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16356 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16357 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (18787 48929))
16358 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16360 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16365 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16366 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16367 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16368 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16369 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16370 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16371 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16372 necessary to represent OBJ.
16374 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16376 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16377 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16378 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16379 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16381 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16383 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16384 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16385 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16386 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16387 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16389 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16391 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16392 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16393 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16394 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16396 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16398 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16399 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16400 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16401 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16403 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16405 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16406 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16408 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16410 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16411 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16412 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16413 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16414 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16416 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16418 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16419 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16420 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16421 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16422 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16424 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16426 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16427 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16428 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16430 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16434 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16435 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (18787 48916))
16436 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16438 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16439 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16440 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16441 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16443 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16446 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16448 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16449 Uninstall jka-compr.
16450 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16451 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16452 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16458 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16459 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16460 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
16461 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16463 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16464 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16465 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16466 decimal key must be specified.")
16468 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16470 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16471 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16472 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16473 decimal key must be specified.")
16475 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16477 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16478 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16479 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16480 decimal key must be specified.")
16482 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16484 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16485 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16486 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16487 decimal key must be specified.")
16489 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16491 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16492 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16493 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16494 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16495 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16499 -------------------------------------------------------------
16500 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16501 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16502 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16503 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16504 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16505 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16506 in the global and local keymaps.
16508 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16509 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16511 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16515 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16516 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
16517 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16519 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16520 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16521 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16523 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16524 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16525 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16526 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16529 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16530 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16531 the context of text formatting.
16533 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16537 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (18787
16539 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16541 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16542 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16543 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16544 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16545 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16546 positions that contains the current selection.")
16548 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16549 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16550 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16551 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16552 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16553 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16554 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16556 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16560 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16561 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16562 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16563 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (18791 16510))
16564 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16565 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16566 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16567 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16568 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16569 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16570 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16571 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16573 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16574 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16576 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16578 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16579 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16580 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16581 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16582 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16584 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16586 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16587 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16588 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16590 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16591 defining the macro.
16593 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16594 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16595 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16597 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16598 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16602 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16603 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16604 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16605 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16606 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16609 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16610 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16611 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16615 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16616 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16617 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16619 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16620 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16621 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16622 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16624 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16625 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16627 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16629 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16630 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16631 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16633 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16636 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16637 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16639 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16640 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16641 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16643 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16644 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16648 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16649 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16650 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16651 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16653 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16655 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16656 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16657 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16658 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16660 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16661 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16663 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16665 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16666 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16667 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16669 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16673 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16674 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (18787 48929))
16675 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16677 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16678 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16679 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16681 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16688 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16689 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
16690 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16692 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
16694 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
16695 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16699 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
16701 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
16702 Start or resume an Lm game.
16703 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16704 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16706 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16707 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16708 none / 1 | yes | no
16713 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16714 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16715 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16721 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16722 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16723 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (18787 48929))
16724 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16726 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16729 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16731 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16732 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16733 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16734 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16735 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16736 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16738 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16739 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16741 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16743 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16744 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16746 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16748 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16751 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16753 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16756 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16760 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16761 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16762 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (18787 48928))
16763 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16765 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8)) "\
16766 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16767 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16768 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16770 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16772 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16773 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16774 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16776 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16778 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16779 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16780 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16784 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16785 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16786 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16787 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16789 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16793 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16794 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (18787 48928))
16795 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16797 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16798 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16799 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16800 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16801 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16802 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16803 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16804 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16806 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16807 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16809 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16810 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16812 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16814 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16815 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16816 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16817 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16818 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16819 `latin1-display-setup'.
16821 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16823 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16824 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16825 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16826 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16828 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16829 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16831 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16835 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16836 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
16837 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16839 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode))
16841 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode))
16843 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16844 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16850 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16851 ;;;;;; (18787 48916))
16852 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16854 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16855 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16857 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16858 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16860 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16861 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16863 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
16864 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16865 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16866 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16867 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16868 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16869 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16870 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16871 and transmit saved text.
16874 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16875 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16879 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
16886 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (18787 48933))
16887 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16889 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16890 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16891 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16892 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16893 generations (this defaults to 1).
16895 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16899 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
16900 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (18803 15399))
16901 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16903 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
16904 Format used to display line numbers.
16905 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
16906 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
16907 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
16908 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
16910 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
16912 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16913 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
16915 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16917 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16918 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16919 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16920 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16921 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16922 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16924 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16926 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16927 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
16928 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
16929 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where `linum-on' would do it.
16930 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16932 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16936 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (18787
16938 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16940 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16941 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16942 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16943 is nil, raise an error.
16945 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16946 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16947 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16948 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16949 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16950 defined by the library.
16952 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16953 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16954 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16955 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16956 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16959 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16960 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16961 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16962 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16964 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16968 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16969 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (18787 48916))
16970 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16972 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16973 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16974 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16976 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16978 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16979 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16980 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16981 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16983 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16984 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16985 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16986 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16987 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16988 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16991 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16992 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16994 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16995 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16997 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
16999 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17001 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17002 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17003 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17004 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17005 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17006 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17007 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17008 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17009 to constrain a big search.
17011 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17013 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17014 except that FILTER is not optional.
17016 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17020 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (18787 48916))
17021 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
17023 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17024 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17025 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
17026 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
17027 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
17028 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
17029 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
17030 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17032 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
17033 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17034 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17035 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17036 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17038 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
17039 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
17040 uses the current buffer.
17042 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17046 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (18787
17048 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
17050 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17051 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17057 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (18787
17059 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
17061 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
17062 Toggle Long Lines mode.
17063 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
17064 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
17065 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
17067 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
17068 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
17069 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
17071 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
17072 are indicated with a symbol.
17074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17078 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17079 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (18787
17081 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17083 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt)))
17085 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
17087 (defvar printer-name (and (memq system-type '(emx ms-dos)) "PRN") "\
17088 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17089 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17091 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17092 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17094 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17095 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17096 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17097 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17098 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17099 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17100 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17102 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17104 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17105 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17106 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17107 switch on this list.
17108 See `lpr-command'.")
17110 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17112 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17113 Name of program for printing a file.
17115 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17116 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17117 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17118 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17119 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17120 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17123 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17125 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17126 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17127 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17128 for customization of the printer command.
17132 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17133 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17135 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17136 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17137 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17138 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17140 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17141 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17143 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17144 for further customization of the printer command.
17148 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17149 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17150 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17151 for customization of the printer command.
17153 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17155 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17156 Paginate and print the region contents.
17158 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17159 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17160 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17161 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17163 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17164 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17166 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17167 for further customization of the printer command.
17169 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17173 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17174 ;;;;;; (18893 13105))
17175 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17177 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17178 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17179 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17181 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17185 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (18794
17187 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17189 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17190 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17191 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17192 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17196 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17200 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (18787
17202 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17204 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17205 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17212 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17213 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
17214 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17216 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
17217 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17218 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17219 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17220 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17222 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17226 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17227 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (18787 48916))
17228 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17230 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17231 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17232 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17233 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17234 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17236 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17238 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17239 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17240 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17241 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17243 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17244 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17245 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17246 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17249 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17250 use this command, and then save the file.
17252 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17254 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17255 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17256 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17257 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17258 each time the macro executes.
17259 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17260 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17261 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17262 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17263 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17264 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17265 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17269 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17270 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17271 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17272 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17274 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17275 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17276 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17279 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17280 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17282 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17283 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17284 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17285 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17286 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17288 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17291 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17292 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17293 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17295 You could enter the names in this format:
17301 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17304 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17307 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17308 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17310 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17311 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17315 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17316 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (18787 48929))
17317 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17319 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17320 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17321 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17322 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17323 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17324 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17326 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17327 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17328 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17329 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17330 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17332 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17333 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17334 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17337 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17339 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17340 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17342 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17346 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17347 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17348 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
17349 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17351 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17352 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17356 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17361 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17362 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17364 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17366 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17367 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17368 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17371 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17377 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17378 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
17379 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el"
17380 ;;;;;; (18844 39826))
17381 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17383 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17384 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17385 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17386 often correct parser.")
17388 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17390 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17391 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17393 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17395 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17396 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17397 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17398 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17400 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17402 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17403 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17404 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17405 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17407 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17409 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17410 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17411 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17412 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17414 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17416 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17417 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17418 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17419 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17420 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17421 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17422 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17425 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17427 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17428 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17429 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17430 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17431 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17432 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17433 matches may be returned from the message body.
17435 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17439 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17440 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (18873
17442 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17444 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17445 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17446 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17447 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17448 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17449 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17451 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17453 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17454 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
17456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17458 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17459 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17463 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17464 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17465 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17467 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17469 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17470 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17471 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17473 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17474 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17475 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17478 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17482 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17483 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (18876
17485 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17487 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17488 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17489 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17491 If `parens', they look like:
17492 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17493 If `angles', they look like:
17494 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17496 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17498 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17499 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17500 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17501 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17502 their `Resent-' variants.
17504 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17505 removed from alias expansions.
17507 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17509 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17510 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17511 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17513 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17514 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17515 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17516 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17518 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17520 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17521 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17522 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17523 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17529 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17530 ;;;;;; (18853 19461))
17531 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17533 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17534 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17535 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17536 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17542 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17543 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17544 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (18787 48934))
17545 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17547 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17548 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17550 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17551 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17552 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17553 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17554 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17555 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17557 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17558 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17559 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17560 dependency, despite the colon.
17562 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17564 In the browser, use the following keys:
17566 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17568 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17570 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17571 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17573 `makefile-target-colon':
17574 The string that gets appended to all target names
17575 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17576 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17578 `makefile-macro-assign':
17579 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17580 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17581 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17582 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17583 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17584 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17586 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17587 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17588 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17590 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17591 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17593 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17594 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17595 up or down in the browser.
17597 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17598 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17600 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17601 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17603 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17604 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17605 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17606 has been selected in the browser.
17608 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17609 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17610 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17611 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17612 filenames are omitted.
17614 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17615 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17616 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17617 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17618 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17619 the backslash itself intact.
17620 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17621 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17623 `makefile-browser-hook':
17624 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17625 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17627 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17628 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17629 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17630 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17634 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17635 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17639 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17640 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17644 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17645 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17649 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17650 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17654 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17655 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17661 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (18787
17663 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17665 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17666 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17667 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17673 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (18871 14695))
17674 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17676 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17678 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17679 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17680 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17681 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17682 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17683 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17684 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17686 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17687 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17688 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17689 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17691 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17693 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17694 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17696 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17700 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (18787 48916))
17701 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17703 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17704 Toggle Master mode.
17705 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17706 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17707 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17709 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17710 following commands:
17712 \\{master-mode-map}
17714 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17715 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17716 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17722 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17723 ;;;;;; (18787 48916))
17724 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17726 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17727 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17728 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17729 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17730 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17731 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17733 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17735 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17736 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17737 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
17738 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
17739 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17741 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17742 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (18863 60800))
17749 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17751 (put 'menu-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
17755 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17756 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17757 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17758 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17759 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17760 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17761 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (18844 39826))
17762 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17764 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17766 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17767 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17768 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17769 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17770 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17771 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17772 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17773 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17774 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17775 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17776 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17777 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17778 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17779 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17780 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17781 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17782 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17783 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17784 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17785 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17786 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17787 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17788 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17789 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17790 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17791 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17792 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17793 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17794 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17795 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17796 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17797 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17798 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17799 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17800 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17801 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17802 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17803 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17807 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17808 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17809 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17810 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17811 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17813 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17815 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17816 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17818 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17820 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17821 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17823 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17825 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17826 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17828 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17830 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17831 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17832 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17834 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17836 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17837 Cancel an article you posted.
17838 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17842 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17843 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17844 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17845 header line with the old Message-ID.
17849 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17850 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17854 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17855 Forward the current message via mail.
17856 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17857 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17859 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17861 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17864 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17866 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17869 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17871 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17872 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17876 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17877 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17879 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17881 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17882 Re-mail the current message.
17883 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17884 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17889 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17890 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17892 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17894 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17895 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17897 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17899 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17900 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17902 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17904 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17905 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17907 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17909 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17910 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17911 Works by overstriking characters.
17912 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17913 which specify the range to operate on.
17915 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17917 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17918 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17919 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17920 which specify the range to operate on.
17922 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17926 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17927 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
17928 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17930 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17931 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17935 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17936 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17940 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17941 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17945 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17946 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17952 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17953 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17954 ;;;;;; (18829 2708))
17955 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17957 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17958 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17959 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17963 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17964 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17965 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17966 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17967 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17968 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17969 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17971 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17973 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17974 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17975 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17976 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17977 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17979 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17980 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17982 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17984 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17985 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17986 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17987 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17988 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17990 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17991 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17993 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17997 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17998 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17999 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (18813 56068))
18000 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18002 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18003 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18004 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18008 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18009 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18010 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18014 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18015 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18017 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18018 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18019 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18021 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18022 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18024 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18025 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18027 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18029 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18031 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18032 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18033 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18034 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18035 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18038 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18039 initial Subject field, respectively.
18041 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18042 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18045 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18048 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18050 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18051 Save draft and send message.
18053 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18054 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18055 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18058 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18059 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18060 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18062 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18063 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18064 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18065 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18066 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18067 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18069 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18070 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18072 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18073 message and scan line.
18075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18077 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18078 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18080 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18081 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18082 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18083 delete the draft message.
18089 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (18815 6890))
18090 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18092 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18094 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18096 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18098 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18099 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18105 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18106 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (18813 56068))
18107 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18109 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18110 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18111 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18113 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18114 the MH mail system.
18116 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18118 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18119 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18120 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18122 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18123 the MH mail system.
18125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18127 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18128 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18130 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18131 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18132 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18135 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18136 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18137 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18140 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18144 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18145 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18146 can be used in several ways.
18148 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18149 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18150 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18151 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18155 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18156 The range must be nonempty.
18161 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18162 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18169 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18172 All of the messages.
18174 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18175 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18177 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18178 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18179 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18181 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18187 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18188 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (18875 4271))
18189 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18191 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18192 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18193 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18194 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18195 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18196 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18197 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18198 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18199 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18200 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18201 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18205 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18206 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18207 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18208 to its second argument TM.
18210 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18214 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18215 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (18787 48916))
18216 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18218 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18219 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18220 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18221 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18222 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18223 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18225 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18227 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18228 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18229 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18230 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18231 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18232 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18233 default indication.
18235 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18236 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18242 ;;;### (autoloads (butterfly) "misc" "misc.el" (18787 48917))
18243 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18245 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18246 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18247 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18248 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18249 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18250 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18251 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18252 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18253 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18259 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
18260 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
18261 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (18787 48917))
18262 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18263 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18265 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18266 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18268 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18269 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18270 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18273 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18274 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18275 end of the search space).
18277 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18278 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18279 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18280 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18281 should return the previous buffer to search.
18283 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18284 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18285 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18287 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18288 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18289 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18292 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18293 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18294 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18296 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18297 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18298 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18302 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18303 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18305 \(fn BUFFERS)" nil nil)
18307 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18308 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18310 \(fn BUFFERS)" nil nil)
18312 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18313 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18315 \(fn FILES)" nil nil)
18317 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18318 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18320 \(fn FILES)" nil nil)
18324 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18325 ;;;;;; (18787 48935))
18326 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18328 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18329 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18334 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
18338 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18339 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (18787 48926))
18340 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18342 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18343 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18345 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18347 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18348 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18349 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18350 the entire message.
18351 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18353 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18357 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18358 ;;;;;; (18787 48926))
18359 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18361 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18362 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18363 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18364 the entire message.
18365 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18367 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18371 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18372 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (18791 16521))
18373 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18375 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18376 Insert file contents of URL.
18377 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18379 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18381 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18382 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18384 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18388 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18389 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (18787 48926))
18390 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18392 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18393 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18394 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18395 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18396 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18398 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18400 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18401 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18402 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18404 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18408 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18409 ;;;;;; (18791 16522))
18410 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18412 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18415 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18417 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18420 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18424 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18425 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18426 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (18787 48926))
18427 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18429 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18432 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18434 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18437 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18439 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18442 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18444 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18447 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18449 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18452 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18454 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18457 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18459 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18466 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18467 ;;;;;; (18430 59248))
18468 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18470 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
18471 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18472 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18473 followed by the first character of the construct.
18475 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18476 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18477 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18478 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18479 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18480 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18481 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18482 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18483 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18484 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18485 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18486 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18487 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18490 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18491 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18492 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18498 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18499 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
18500 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18502 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18503 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18505 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18507 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18508 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18510 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18514 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18515 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (18787 48917))
18516 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18518 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18519 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18521 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18522 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18523 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18525 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18526 assume that the user didn't want to scdebugroll but wanted to whatever
18527 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18529 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18530 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18532 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18533 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18534 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18535 hemisphere you're in.)
18537 To test this function, evaluate:
18538 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18540 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18542 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18543 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18545 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18546 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18548 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18549 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18550 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18552 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18553 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18555 To test this function, evaluate:
18556 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18558 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18562 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (18787
18564 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18566 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18567 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18568 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18569 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18570 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18571 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18573 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
18575 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
18576 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18577 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18578 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18580 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18582 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18584 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18586 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18587 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18588 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18589 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18590 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18591 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18593 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18594 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18595 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18596 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18597 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18599 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18600 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18602 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18603 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18605 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18607 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18608 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18609 primary selection and region.
18611 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18615 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (18791 16529))
18616 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18618 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18619 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18625 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18787 48917))
18626 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18628 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18629 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18630 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18631 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18632 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18633 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18635 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18637 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18639 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18640 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18641 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18647 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18648 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18649 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18650 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18651 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18652 ;;;;;; (18875 4272))
18653 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18655 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18656 Display a list of all character sets.
18658 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18659 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18660 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18661 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18663 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18664 but still shows the full information.
18668 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18669 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18670 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18672 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18673 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18674 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18675 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18676 meanings of these arguments.
18678 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18680 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18681 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18683 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18685 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18686 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18688 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18690 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18691 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18693 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18695 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18696 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18698 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18699 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18701 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18702 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18703 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18704 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18705 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18706 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18707 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18708 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18709 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18710 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18711 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18712 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18713 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18714 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18715 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18716 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18720 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18721 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18725 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18726 Display a list of all coding systems.
18727 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18729 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18730 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18734 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18735 Display a list of all coding categories.
18739 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18740 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18741 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18743 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18745 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18746 Display information about FONTSET.
18747 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18749 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18751 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18752 Display a list of all fontsets.
18753 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18754 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18755 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18759 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18760 Display information about all input methods.
18764 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18765 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18767 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18768 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18769 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18770 system which uses fontsets).
18774 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18775 Show log of font listing and opening.
18776 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18777 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18779 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18783 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18784 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18785 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18786 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18787 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18788 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (18787 48928))
18789 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18791 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18792 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18793 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18795 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18797 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18799 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18800 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18802 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18803 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18805 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18806 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18808 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18810 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18811 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18812 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18813 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18814 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18815 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18816 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18818 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18819 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18820 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18821 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18822 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18823 middle of a character in STR.
18825 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18826 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18828 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18829 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18830 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18831 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18832 defaults to \"...\".
18834 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18836 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18837 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18839 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18840 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18841 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18843 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18844 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18845 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18847 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18848 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18849 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18851 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18852 longer than KEYSEQ.
18853 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18855 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18857 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18858 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18859 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18860 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18861 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18862 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18863 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18864 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18865 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18866 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18867 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18869 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18871 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18872 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18874 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18876 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18877 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18879 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18881 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18882 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18884 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18886 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18887 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18889 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18891 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18892 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18893 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-priority'.
18894 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
18895 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18897 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18899 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18900 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18901 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18902 coding systems ordered by priority.
18904 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18906 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18907 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18908 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18909 language environment LANG-ENV.
18911 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18913 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18914 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18915 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18916 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18917 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18918 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18920 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18924 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18925 ;;;;;; (18787 48917))
18926 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18928 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18929 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18930 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18931 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18932 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18933 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18935 (custom-autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" nil)
18937 (autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" "\
18938 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18939 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18940 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18942 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18944 (autoload 'mwheel-install "mwheel" "\
18945 Enable mouse wheel support.
18947 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18951 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18952 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18953 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat iwconfig ifconfig
18954 ;;;;;; ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (18787 48930))
18955 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18957 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18958 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18960 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18962 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18964 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18965 `ping-program-options'.
18969 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18970 Run ifconfig program.
18974 (defalias 'ipconfig 'ifconfig)
18976 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18977 Run iwconfig program.
18981 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18982 Run netstat program.
18986 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18991 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18996 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18997 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19001 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19002 Run nslookup program.
19006 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19007 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19011 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19016 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19021 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19022 Finger USER on HOST.
19024 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19026 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19027 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19028 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19029 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19031 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19033 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19038 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19039 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19041 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19043 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19044 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19046 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19050 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
19051 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
19052 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
19053 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
19054 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
19055 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (18787 48917))
19056 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
19058 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
19060 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
19062 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
19064 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
19066 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
19067 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
19068 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
19069 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
19070 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
19071 Major modes should set this variable.")
19073 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
19074 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
19075 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
19076 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
19077 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
19078 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
19080 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
19081 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
19083 (defvar comment-start nil "\
19084 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
19085 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19087 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
19088 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
19089 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
19090 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
19091 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19093 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
19094 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
19095 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19097 (defvar comment-end "" "\
19098 *String to insert to end a new comment.
19099 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
19100 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19102 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
19103 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
19104 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
19105 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
19106 column indentation or nil.
19107 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19109 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19110 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19111 The function has no args.
19113 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19114 comments always start in column zero.")
19116 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
19117 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19118 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19120 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
19122 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
19123 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19124 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19125 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19127 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19128 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19130 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
19132 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19133 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19134 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19135 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19136 customize this variable.
19138 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19139 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19141 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
19143 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
19144 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19145 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19146 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19147 the variables are properly set.
19149 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19151 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
19152 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19156 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
19157 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19158 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19160 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19162 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
19163 Set the comment column based on point.
19164 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19165 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19166 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19167 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19171 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
19172 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
19173 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19177 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19178 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19179 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19182 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19184 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
19185 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19186 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19187 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19188 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19189 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19190 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19191 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19193 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19194 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19196 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19198 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
19199 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19200 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19201 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19203 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19205 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19206 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19207 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19208 is passed on to the respective function.
19210 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19212 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
19213 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19214 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19215 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19216 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19217 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
19218 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
19219 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19220 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19221 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19225 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19226 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19227 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19229 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
19231 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
19232 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19233 This indents the body of the continued comment
19234 under the previous comment line.
19236 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19237 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19238 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19240 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19241 or comment indentation.
19243 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19244 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19246 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19250 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
19251 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (18810 5074))
19252 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19254 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19255 Check whether newsticker is running.
19256 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19257 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19261 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19262 Start the newsticker.
19263 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19264 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19265 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19266 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19268 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19272 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19273 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
19274 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19276 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19277 Start newsticker plainview.
19283 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19284 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
19285 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19287 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19288 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19294 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19295 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (18787 48930))
19296 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19298 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19299 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19300 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19301 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19306 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19307 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19308 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19315 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19316 ;;;;;; (18844 39826))
19317 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19319 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19320 Start newsticker treeview.
19326 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19327 ;;;;;; (18787 48926))
19328 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19330 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19331 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19333 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19337 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (18787
19339 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19341 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19342 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19343 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19344 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19345 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19346 symbol in the alist.
19348 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19352 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19353 ;;;;;; (18797 59603))
19354 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19356 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19357 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19358 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19364 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19365 ;;;;;; (18787 48927))
19366 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19368 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
19369 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19370 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19376 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19377 ;;;;;; (18787 48927))
19378 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19380 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19381 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19383 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19387 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19388 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (18787 48927))
19389 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19391 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
19392 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19396 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
19397 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19401 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
19402 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19408 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19409 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (18787 48917))
19410 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19412 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19413 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19414 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19416 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19418 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19421 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19423 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19424 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19425 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19426 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19427 to future sessions.
19429 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19431 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19432 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19433 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19434 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19435 to future sessions.
19437 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19441 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19442 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
19443 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19445 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19446 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19448 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19449 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19450 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19456 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19457 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
19458 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19460 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19461 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19462 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19463 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19465 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19469 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (18787
19471 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19473 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19474 Major mode for editing XML.
19476 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19477 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19478 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19479 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19480 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19481 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19482 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19484 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19486 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19487 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19489 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19490 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19491 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19492 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19495 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19496 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19497 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19498 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19499 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19500 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19502 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19503 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19504 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19506 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19507 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19508 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19510 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19511 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19512 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19513 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19514 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19515 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19516 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19517 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19518 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19520 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19522 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19523 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19529 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19530 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (18787 48931))
19531 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19533 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19534 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19535 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19536 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19542 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19543 ;;;;;; (18787 48935))
19544 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19546 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19547 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19548 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19550 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19552 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19553 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19555 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19556 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19557 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19559 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19561 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19565 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19566 ;;;;;; (18791 16532))
19567 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19569 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19570 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19572 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19573 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19574 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc.. in different faces (with
19575 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19577 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19578 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19579 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19580 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19581 is why you need this mode!).
19583 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19584 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19585 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19587 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19592 \\{octave-mode-map}
19594 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19595 ==============================================
19597 `octave-auto-indent'
19598 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19601 `octave-auto-newline'
19602 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19605 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19606 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19607 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19609 `octave-block-offset'
19610 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19613 `octave-continuation-offset'
19614 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19617 `octave-continuation-string'
19618 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19619 Default is a backslash.
19621 `octave-send-echo-input'
19622 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19623 command to the inferior Octave process.
19625 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19626 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19627 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19629 `octave-send-echo-input'
19630 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19632 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19634 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19635 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19637 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19639 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19640 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19642 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19645 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19647 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19648 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19649 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19650 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19656 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-require-autoloaded-modules org-cycle-agenda-files
19657 ;;;;;; org-ido-switchb org-iswitchb org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string
19658 ;;;;;; org-open-at-point-global org-insert-link-global org-store-link
19659 ;;;;;; org-run-like-in-org-mode turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct
19660 ;;;;;; orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org"
19661 ;;;;;; "org/org.el" (18846 51310))
19662 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19664 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19665 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19666 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19668 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19669 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19670 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19671 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19672 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19673 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19674 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19675 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19676 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19677 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19679 The following commands are available:
19685 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19686 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19688 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19689 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19690 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19691 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19692 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19693 When called with two C-u C-u prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19694 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19695 properties in the buffer.
19696 When called with three C-u C-u C-u prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19699 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19700 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19701 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19702 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19703 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19704 and zoom in further.
19705 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19707 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19708 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19709 is negative, go up that many levels.
19711 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19712 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19713 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19715 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19716 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19717 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19721 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19722 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19723 With C-u prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19724 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19726 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19728 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19729 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
19730 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
19731 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
19732 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
19735 M-up Move entry/item up
19736 M-down Move entry/item down
19739 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19740 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19741 M-S-left Promote subtree
19742 M-S-right Demote subtree
19743 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19745 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19746 TAB Cycle item visibility
19747 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19748 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19749 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19753 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19754 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19758 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19759 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode', and force org-mode indentations.
19760 In addition to setting orgstruct-mode, this also exports all indentation and
19761 autofilling variables from org-mode into the buffer. Note that turning
19762 off orgstruct-mode will *not* remove these additional settings.
19766 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19769 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19771 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19772 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19773 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19774 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19776 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19777 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19778 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19782 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19783 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19784 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19788 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19789 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19790 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19795 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19796 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19798 \(fn S &optional ARG)" t nil)
19800 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
19801 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
19803 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
19804 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
19805 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
19806 returned as a list.
19808 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
19809 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
19810 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
19811 visited by the iteration.
19813 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
19815 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
19816 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
19817 file The current buffer, without restriction
19819 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
19820 agenda All agenda files
19821 agenda-with-archives
19822 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
19824 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
19826 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
19827 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
19829 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
19830 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
19831 function or Emacs Lisp form:
19832 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
19833 the the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
19834 entry and search will continue from the point where the
19835 function leaves it.
19837 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
19839 (autoload 'org-iswitchb "org" "\
19840 Use `iswitchb-read-buffer' to prompt for an Org buffer to switch to.
19841 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
19842 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19844 Due to some yet unresolved reason, the global function
19845 `iswitchb-mode' needs to be active for this function to work.
19847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19849 (autoload 'org-ido-switchb "org" "\
19850 Use `org-ido-completing-read' to prompt for an Org buffer to switch to.
19851 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
19852 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19854 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19856 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19857 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19858 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19859 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19863 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
19868 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19869 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19875 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
19876 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19877 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19878 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19879 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (18825 40644))
19880 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19882 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19883 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19884 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19885 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19887 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19888 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19889 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19890 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19891 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19892 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19893 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19894 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19895 e Export views to associated files.
19897 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19898 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19899 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19901 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19902 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19903 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19904 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19907 \(fn ARG &optional KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19909 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19910 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19911 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19912 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19913 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19914 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19915 before running the agenda command.
19917 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19919 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19920 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19921 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19922 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19923 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19924 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19925 before running the agenda command.
19927 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19928 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19930 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19932 category The category of the item
19933 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19934 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19935 todo selected in TODO match
19936 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19937 diary imported from diary
19938 deadline a deadline on given date
19939 scheduled scheduled on given date
19940 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19941 closed entry was closed on given date
19942 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19943 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19944 block entry has date block including g. date
19945 todo The todo keyword, if any
19946 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19947 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19948 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19949 extra Sting with extra planning info
19950 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19951 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19952 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19954 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19956 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19959 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19961 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19962 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19964 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19966 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19967 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19968 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19969 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19971 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
19972 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
19973 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
19976 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19977 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
19978 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19980 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19981 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19983 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19985 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19986 Show all entries that contain words or regular expressions.
19987 If the first character of the search string is an asterisks,
19988 search only the headlines.
19990 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19991 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19992 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19993 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19996 The search string is broken into \"words\" by splitting at whitespace.
19997 The individual words are then interpreted as a boolean expression with
19998 logical AND. Words prefixed with a minus must not occur in the entry.
19999 Words without a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry.
20000 Matching is case-insensitive and the words are enclosed by word delimiters.
20002 Words enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as regular expressions
20003 that must or must not match in the entry.
20005 If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20006 If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20007 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20008 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20010 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20011 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20013 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20015 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20016 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20017 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20018 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20019 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20020 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20024 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20025 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20026 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20028 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20030 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20031 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20032 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20033 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20034 `org-stuck-projects'.
20035 MATCH is being ignored.
20037 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20039 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20040 Return diary information from org-files.
20041 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20042 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20043 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20044 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
20046 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
20047 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
20048 also be listed, on the expiration day.
20050 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
20052 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
20053 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
20054 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
20055 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
20057 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
20058 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
20059 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
20061 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
20062 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
20063 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
20064 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
20066 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20068 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20070 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20071 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20075 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
20076 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
20077 So the example above may also be written as
20079 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20081 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20082 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20083 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20085 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20087 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20088 Do we have a reason to ignore this todo entry because it has a time stamp?
20090 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20092 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20093 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20094 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20098 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20099 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20100 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20103 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20104 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20106 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20107 for filtering entries out.
20109 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20110 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20112 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20113 (category \"Work\"))
20115 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20116 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20118 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
20122 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (18825
20124 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
20126 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
20127 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
20128 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
20134 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
20135 ;;;;;; (18875 4272))
20136 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
20138 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
20139 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
20145 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
20146 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (18825 40644))
20147 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
20149 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
20150 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
20151 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
20152 fontified, and then returned.
20154 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
20156 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
20157 Set up hooks for clock persistence
20163 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files
20164 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-this-file
20165 ;;;;;; org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html org-export-region-as-html
20166 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer org-export-as-html-batch
20167 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-and-open org-insert-export-options-template
20168 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export-as-ascii org-export) "org-exp"
20169 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp.el" (18829 2709))
20170 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
20172 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20174 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20176 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20178 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
20179 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
20180 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
20181 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
20182 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20184 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
20185 ARG is a double universal prefix `C-u C-u', that means to inverse the
20186 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20190 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-exp" "\
20191 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
20192 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20193 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20194 underlined headlines. The default is 3.
20198 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
20199 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
20200 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
20201 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also select the export command in
20202 the `C-c C-e' export dispatcher.
20203 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
20204 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
20205 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
20208 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
20210 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
20211 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
20215 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-exp" "\
20216 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
20217 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20218 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20219 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
20223 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-exp" "\
20224 Call `org-export-as-html', may be used in batch processing as
20226 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20227 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20228 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
20232 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-exp" "\
20233 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
20234 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
20238 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-exp" "\
20239 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
20240 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20241 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
20242 command to convert it.
20244 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20246 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-exp" "\
20247 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
20248 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20249 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20250 cut-and-paste operations.
20251 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20252 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20253 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20254 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20256 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
20258 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20259 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20261 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20263 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-exp" "\
20264 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
20265 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20266 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20267 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20268 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the HTML buffer.
20269 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20270 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20271 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20272 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20273 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20274 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20275 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
20276 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
20277 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20279 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20281 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-exp" "\
20282 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
20283 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
20284 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
20285 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
20286 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
20287 need into your CSS file.
20289 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
20290 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
20291 that uses these same face definitions.
20295 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-exp" "\
20296 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20297 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20298 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20302 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-exp" "\
20303 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20304 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20305 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20309 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-exp" "\
20310 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20311 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20315 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-exp" "\
20316 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
20317 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
20319 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20323 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
20324 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
20325 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-export-latex" "org/org-export-latex.el"
20326 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
20327 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-export-latex.el
20329 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-export-latex" "\
20330 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
20334 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20335 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20336 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20340 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-export-latex" "\
20341 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20342 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20346 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20347 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20348 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20349 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20350 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20351 then use this command to convert it.
20353 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20355 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20356 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20357 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20358 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20359 cut-and-paste operations.
20360 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20361 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20362 produced LaTeX as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20363 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20365 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20367 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20368 in a window. A non-interactive call will only retunr the buffer.
20370 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20372 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20373 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20374 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20375 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20376 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
20377 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
20378 convert them as description lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't
20379 display the LaTeX buffer. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20380 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20381 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20382 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20383 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20384 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
20385 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20386 simply return the content of
\begin{document}...
\end{document},
20387 without even the
\begin{document} and
\end{document} commands.
20388 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20390 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20392 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-export-latex" "\
20393 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
20395 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20397 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-export-latex" "\
20398 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
20404 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
20405 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (18836 39031))
20406 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
20408 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
20409 Do the right thing for footnotes.
20410 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition. When at a definition,
20411 jump to the refernces. When neither at definition or reference,
20412 create a new footnote, interactively.
20413 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
20415 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
20417 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
20418 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
20419 This find the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
20420 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
20421 Org-mode exporters.
20422 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
20423 referenced sequence.
20425 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY FOR-PREPROCESSOR)" nil nil)
20429 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-find-id-file org-id-find org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling
20430 ;;;;;; org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion org-id-get org-id-copy
20431 ;;;;;; org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el" (18825 40644))
20432 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
20434 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
20435 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
20436 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
20437 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
20439 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20441 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
20442 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
20443 Create an ID if necessary.
20447 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
20448 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
20449 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
20450 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
20451 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
20452 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
20453 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
20455 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
20457 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
20458 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20459 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
20460 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
20462 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20464 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20466 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
20467 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20468 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
20469 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20471 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20473 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
20474 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
20475 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
20479 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
20480 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
20481 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
20482 if there is no entry with that ID.
20483 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
20485 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
20487 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
20488 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
20494 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
20495 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
20496 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
20498 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
20499 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
20505 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
20506 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
20507 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
20509 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
20510 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
20511 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
20512 line directly before or after the table.
20514 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
20518 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
20519 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
20520 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
20521 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
20523 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
20525 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
20528 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20530 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
20531 Publish all projects.
20532 With prefix argument, force publish all files.
20534 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20536 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
20537 Publish the current file.
20538 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
20540 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20542 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
20543 Publish the project associated with the current file.
20544 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
20547 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20551 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
20552 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
20553 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (18846 51310))
20554 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
20556 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
20557 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
20561 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
20562 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
20563 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
20564 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
20565 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
20569 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
20570 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
20571 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
20572 to be run from that hook to function properly.
20574 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
20576 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
20577 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
20578 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
20579 of the remember buffer.
20581 When called interactively with a `C-u' prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
20582 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
20583 stores its notes. With a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', go to the last
20584 note stored by remember.
20586 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
20587 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
20589 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
20591 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
20592 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
20593 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
20594 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
20595 `org-remember-default-headline'.
20597 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
20598 is 1 (so you must use `C-1 C-c C-c' to exit remember), an interactive
20599 process is used to select the target location.
20601 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-0 C-c C-c'),
20602 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
20604 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-2 C-c C-c'),
20605 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
20608 When `C-u' has been used as prefix argument, the note is stored and emacs
20609 moves point to the new location of the note, so that editing can be
20610 continued there (similar to inserting \"%&\" into the template).
20612 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
20613 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
20614 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
20615 some additional data.
20617 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
20618 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
20619 \(i.e. after the stars).
20621 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
20627 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
20628 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (18825 40644))
20629 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
20631 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
20632 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
20636 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
20637 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
20639 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20641 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
20642 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
20643 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
20644 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
20645 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
20647 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
20651 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
20652 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
20653 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
20654 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
20656 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
20657 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
20658 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
20659 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
20660 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
20661 without user interaction.
20662 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
20663 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
20664 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
20665 the region 0:00:00.
20667 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
20669 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
20670 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
20671 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
20672 a `C-u' prefix, force restarting the timer.
20673 When used with a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', change all the timer string
20674 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
20675 that was not started at the correct moment.
20677 \(fn &optional RESTART)" t nil)
20679 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
20680 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
20682 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
20684 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
20685 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
20687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20691 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20692 ;;;;;; (18787 48917))
20693 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20694 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20696 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20697 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20698 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20699 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20701 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20702 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20703 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20704 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20706 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20707 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20708 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20709 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20710 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20711 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20713 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20714 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20715 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20717 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20718 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20719 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20720 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20721 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20722 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20723 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20724 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20725 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20726 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20727 The subheadings remain visible.
20728 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20730 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20731 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20732 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20734 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20735 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20739 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20740 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20741 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20742 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20748 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (18885 457))
20749 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20751 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20752 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20753 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20755 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20756 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20758 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20760 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20761 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20762 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20763 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20765 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20766 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20772 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20773 ;;;;;; (18787 48920))
20774 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20776 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20777 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20778 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20779 unknown are returned as nil.
20781 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20785 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (18791
20787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20789 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20790 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20791 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20793 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20794 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20796 Other useful functions are:
20798 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20799 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20800 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20801 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20802 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20803 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20804 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20805 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20806 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20808 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20810 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20811 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20812 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20813 Indentation for case statements.
20814 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20815 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20817 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20818 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20819 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20820 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20821 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20822 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20823 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20824 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20825 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20826 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20828 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20829 pascal-separator-keywords.
20831 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20832 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20838 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20839 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
20840 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20842 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20843 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20844 The keys affected are:
20845 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20846 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20847 M-Backspace does undo.
20848 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20849 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20850 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20856 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
20857 ;;;;;; (18807 64495))
20858 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20860 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20861 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20862 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20863 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20864 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20865 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20867 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20869 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20870 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20872 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20874 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20875 which modify the status of the mark.
20877 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20878 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20880 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20881 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20883 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20884 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20885 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20886 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20887 turning PC Selection mode on.
20889 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20890 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20892 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20893 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20894 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20896 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20897 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20898 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20900 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20901 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20903 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20904 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20905 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20907 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20908 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20909 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20915 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20916 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20919 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20923 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (18787
20925 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20927 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20928 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20934 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20935 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (18787 48917))
20936 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20938 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20939 Completion for `gzip'.
20943 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20944 Completion for `bzip2'.
20948 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20949 Completion for GNU `make'.
20953 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20954 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20958 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20962 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20963 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (18787 48917))
20964 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20966 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20967 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20971 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20972 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20976 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20977 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20983 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (18817
20985 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20987 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20988 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20989 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20990 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20991 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20992 You can use \\[report-emacs-bug] to do so.
20998 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20999 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
21000 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (18787 48917))
21001 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
21003 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
21004 Completion for `cd'.
21008 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
21010 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
21011 Completion for `rmdir'.
21015 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
21016 Completion for `rm'.
21020 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
21021 Completion for `xargs'.
21025 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
21027 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
21028 Completion for `which'.
21032 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
21033 Completion for the `chown' command.
21037 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21038 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
21042 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
21043 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
21047 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21048 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
21049 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
21055 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
21056 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
21057 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (18787
21059 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
21061 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
21062 Support extensible programmable completion.
21063 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
21064 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
21066 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
21068 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
21069 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
21073 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
21074 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21075 This will modify the current buffer.
21079 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
21080 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
21084 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
21085 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21086 This will modify the current buffer.
21090 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
21091 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
21095 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
21096 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
21100 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
21101 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
21102 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
21103 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
21104 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
21106 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
21108 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
21109 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
21115 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
21116 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
21117 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (18817 44748))
21118 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
21120 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
21121 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
21122 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
21123 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21125 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
21127 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
21129 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
21130 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
21131 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21132 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21133 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21134 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21137 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
21139 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
21140 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
21141 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
21142 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21143 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21144 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21145 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21146 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21148 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21150 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21151 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21152 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21153 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21154 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21155 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21156 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21159 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21161 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21162 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21163 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21164 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21165 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21166 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21167 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21169 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21171 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21172 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21173 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21175 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21177 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21178 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21179 A value of nil means never do it.
21180 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21181 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21182 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21184 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21186 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21187 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21188 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (18787 48917))
21193 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
21195 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] '(menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea")) (define-key m [checkout] '(menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository")) (define-key m [update] '(menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository")) (define-key m [examine] '(menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea")) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
21199 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
21200 ;;;;;; (18815 49095))
21201 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21202 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21203 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21204 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21205 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21206 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21207 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21209 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21210 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21211 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21212 Tab indents for Perl code.
21213 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21214 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21215 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21217 Variables controlling indentation style:
21218 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21219 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21220 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21221 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21222 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21223 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21224 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21226 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21227 `perl-indent-level'
21228 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21229 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21230 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21231 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21232 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21233 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21234 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21235 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21236 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21237 `perl-brace-offset'
21238 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21239 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21240 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21241 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21242 `perl-label-offset'
21243 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21244 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21245 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21247 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21248 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21249 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21250 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21251 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21252 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21253 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21255 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21261 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
21262 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
21263 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
21264 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (18787 48917))
21265 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
21267 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
21268 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
21270 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
21272 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21273 passphrase cache or user.
21275 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21277 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
21278 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
21280 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21283 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21285 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
21286 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
21288 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
21291 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21292 passphrase cache or user.
21294 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21296 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
21297 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
21299 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
21301 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
21304 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21305 passphrase cache or user.
21307 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21309 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
21310 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
21312 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21313 passphrase cache or user.
21315 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21317 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
21318 Decrypt the current buffer.
21320 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
21323 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21324 passphrase cache or user.
21326 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21328 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
21329 Make the signature from text between START and END.
21331 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
21332 a detached signature.
21334 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
21335 and the output is displayed.
21337 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21338 passphrase cache or user.
21340 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21342 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
21343 Sign the current buffer.
21345 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
21346 detached signature.
21348 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
21351 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
21352 and the output is displayed.
21354 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21355 passphrase cache or user.
21357 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21359 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
21360 Verify the current region between START and END.
21361 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
21362 the detached signature of the current region.
21364 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
21365 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
21367 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
21369 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
21370 Verify the current buffer.
21371 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
21372 the detached signature of the current region.
21373 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
21374 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
21375 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
21378 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
21380 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
21381 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
21385 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
21386 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
21388 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21390 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
21391 Import public keys in the current buffer.
21397 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
21398 ;;;;;; (18787 48917))
21399 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
21401 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
21402 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
21404 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
21408 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
21409 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
21410 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21412 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21413 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21414 \\<picture-mode-map>
21415 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21416 afterwards settable by these commands:
21418 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21419 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21420 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21421 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21423 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21424 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21425 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21426 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21428 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21429 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21430 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21431 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21433 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21434 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21435 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21436 with these commands:
21438 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21439 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21440 Move to column following last
21441 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21442 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21443 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21444 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21445 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21446 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21448 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21450 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21451 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21452 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21453 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21454 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21455 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21457 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21458 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21459 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
21460 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21461 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21462 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21463 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21465 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21466 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21467 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21468 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21469 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21470 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21471 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21472 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
21474 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21475 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21476 by supplying an argument.
21478 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21480 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21481 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
21485 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21489 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
21490 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
21491 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21493 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21494 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21495 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21497 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21501 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (18787 48933))
21502 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21504 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21505 Play pong and waste time.
21506 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21507 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21509 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21517 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
21518 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
21519 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
21520 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21522 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21523 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21524 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21525 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21527 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21529 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21530 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21534 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21535 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21536 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21537 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21538 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21540 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21542 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21543 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21544 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21546 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21548 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21549 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21551 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21553 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21554 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21555 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21556 Ignores leading comment characters.
21560 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21561 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21562 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21563 Ignores leading comment characters.
21569 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21570 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21571 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21572 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21573 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21574 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21575 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21576 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21577 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21578 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21579 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21580 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21581 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21582 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21583 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21584 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21585 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21586 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21587 ;;;;;; (18787 48917))
21588 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21590 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21591 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21593 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21595 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21597 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21599 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21600 Preview directory using ghostview.
21602 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21603 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21604 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21605 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21607 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21608 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21609 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21610 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21611 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21614 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21616 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21618 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21619 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21621 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21622 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21623 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21624 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21626 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21627 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21628 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21629 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21630 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21633 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21635 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21637 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21638 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21640 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21641 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21642 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21643 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21645 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21646 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21647 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21648 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21649 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21652 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21654 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21656 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21657 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21659 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21661 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21662 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21663 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21664 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21666 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21667 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21668 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21669 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21670 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21673 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21675 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21677 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21678 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21680 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21681 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21682 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21684 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21685 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21686 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21687 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21689 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21691 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21692 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21694 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21695 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21696 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21698 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21699 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21700 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21701 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21703 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21705 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21706 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21708 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21709 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21710 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21712 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21713 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21714 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21715 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21717 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21719 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21720 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21722 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21724 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21725 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21726 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21728 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21729 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21730 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21731 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21733 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21735 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21736 Preview region using ghostview.
21738 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21740 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21742 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21743 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21745 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21747 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21749 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21750 Print region using PostScript printer.
21752 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21754 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21756 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21757 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21759 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21761 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21763 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21764 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21766 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21768 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21770 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21771 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21773 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21775 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21777 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21778 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21780 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21782 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21784 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21785 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21787 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21789 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21791 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21792 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21793 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21794 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21796 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21799 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21800 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21802 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21804 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21806 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21807 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21808 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21809 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21813 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21814 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21815 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21816 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21820 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21821 Print directory using text printer.
21823 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21826 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21827 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21829 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21831 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21833 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21834 Print buffer using text printer.
21838 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21839 Print region using text printer.
21843 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21844 Print major mode using text printer.
21848 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21849 Preview spooled PostScript.
21851 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21852 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21853 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21855 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21856 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21857 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21859 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21861 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21862 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21864 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21865 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21866 instead of sending it to the printer.
21868 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21869 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21870 image in a file with that name.
21872 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21874 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21875 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21877 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21878 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21879 instead of sending it to the printer.
21881 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21882 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21883 image in a file with that name.
21885 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21887 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21888 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21890 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21891 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21892 instead of sending it to the printer.
21894 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21895 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21896 image in a file with that name.
21898 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21900 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21901 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21903 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21905 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21906 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21908 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21910 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21911 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21913 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21915 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21916 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21918 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21920 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21921 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21923 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21925 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21926 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21928 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21929 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21930 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21931 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21933 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21934 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21935 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21936 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21937 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21938 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21941 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21943 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21944 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21948 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21949 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21951 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21953 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21958 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21959 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21963 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21964 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21968 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21969 Toggle printing with faces.
21973 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21978 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21983 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21986 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21988 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21993 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21998 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21999 Toggle upside-down.
22003 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
22004 Toggle line number.
22008 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
22009 Toggle zebra stripes.
22013 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
22014 Toggle printing header.
22018 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
22019 Toggle printing header frame.
22023 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
22028 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
22029 Toggle auto region.
22033 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
22038 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
22039 Customization of the `printing' group.
22041 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22043 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
22044 Customization of the `lpr' group.
22046 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22048 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
22049 Help for the printing package.
22051 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22053 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
22054 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
22058 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
22059 Interactively select a text printer.
22063 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
22064 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
22068 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
22069 Show current ps-print settings.
22071 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22073 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
22074 Show current printing settings.
22076 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22078 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
22079 Show current lpr settings.
22081 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22083 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
22084 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
22086 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22087 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22088 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22089 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
22092 Interactively, you have the following situations:
22094 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22095 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
22096 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
22098 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22099 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22100 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
22101 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
22102 current active printer.
22104 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22105 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
22106 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22109 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22110 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
22111 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
22112 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
22113 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22116 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
22117 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
22119 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
22121 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
22122 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
22123 be done using the new current active printer.
22125 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
22126 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22129 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
22130 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
22131 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
22132 instead of sending it to the printer.
22134 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
22135 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22138 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
22141 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22144 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
22146 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
22147 Fast fire function for text printing.
22149 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22150 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22151 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22152 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
22154 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22155 user for a new active text printer.
22157 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
22159 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
22161 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
22162 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22165 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
22167 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22170 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
22174 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (18850 57238))
22175 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
22177 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
22178 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
22179 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
22180 information will be displayed but not selected.
22181 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
22183 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
22185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22189 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
22190 ;;;;;; (18791 16532))
22191 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22193 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22194 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
22195 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
22197 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22198 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
22199 if that value is non-nil.
22203 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
22205 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
22206 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22207 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
22209 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
22213 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (18794
22215 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22217 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22218 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22219 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22221 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22225 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (18830
22227 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22229 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22230 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22232 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22234 The following variables hold user options, and can
22235 be set through the `customize' command:
22237 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
22239 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22240 `ps-mode-print-function'
22242 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22246 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22249 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22255 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22256 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22257 The keymap for this second window is:
22259 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22262 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22263 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22264 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22265 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22266 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22272 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
22273 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
22274 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
22275 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
22276 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
22277 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (18853
22279 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22281 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk")) "\
22282 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22283 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22285 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22287 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22288 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22289 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22290 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22292 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22294 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22295 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22299 nil Do not print colors.
22303 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22304 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22306 Any other value is treated as t.")
22308 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22310 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22311 Customization of ps-print group.
22315 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22316 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22318 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22319 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22320 sending it to the printer.
22322 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22323 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22324 image in a file with that name.
22326 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22328 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22329 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22330 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22331 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22332 so it has a way to determine color values.
22334 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22336 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22337 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22338 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22340 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22342 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22343 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22344 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22345 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22346 so it has a way to determine color values.
22348 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22350 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22351 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22352 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22353 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22355 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22359 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22360 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22361 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22362 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22363 so it has a way to determine color values.
22365 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22369 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22370 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22371 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22373 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22375 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22377 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22378 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22379 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22380 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22381 so it has a way to determine color values.
22383 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22385 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22387 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22388 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22390 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22391 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22392 instead of sending it to the printer.
22394 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22395 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22396 image in a file with that name.
22398 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22400 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22401 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22402 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22403 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
22404 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
22408 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22409 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22410 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22412 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22414 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22415 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22416 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22418 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22420 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22421 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22425 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22426 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22428 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22429 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22431 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22432 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22434 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22436 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22438 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22440 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22441 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22443 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22444 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22446 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22447 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22449 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22451 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22453 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22455 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22456 foreground and background colors respectively.
22458 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22459 bold - use bold font.
22460 italic - use italic font.
22461 underline - put a line under text.
22462 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22463 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22464 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22465 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22466 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22468 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22470 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22474 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
22475 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (18848 909))
22476 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22478 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("jython" . jython-mode))
22480 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("python" . python-mode))
22482 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.py\\'" . python-mode))
22484 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22485 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
22486 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
22487 buffer automatically.
22489 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
22490 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
22491 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
22492 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
22493 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
22494 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
22495 documentation for `python-buffer'.
22497 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
22498 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
22499 buffer for a list of commands.)
22501 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
22503 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22504 Major mode for editing Python files.
22505 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
22506 for correct parsing of the source.
22507 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
22508 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
22509 commands for running Python under Emacs.
22511 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
22512 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
22513 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
22514 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
22515 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
22516 \\<python-mode-map>
22517 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
22518 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
22519 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
22520 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
22521 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
22522 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
22524 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
22525 effect outside them.
22527 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
22528 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
22529 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
22530 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
22531 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
22532 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
22533 form x.y only works if the components are literal
22534 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
22535 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
22537 \\{python-mode-map}
22541 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
22542 Major mode for editing Jython files.
22543 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
22544 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
22548 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
22549 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
22550 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
22551 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
22552 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
22553 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
22555 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
22556 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
22557 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
22558 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
22559 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
22560 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
22561 programmatically, or when running in Emacs 19.34 or older.
22563 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
22564 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
22565 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
22566 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
22567 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
22569 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
22570 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
22571 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
22572 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
22573 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
22574 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
22575 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
22578 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
22579 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
22580 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
22581 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
22582 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
22583 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
22586 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
22590 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22591 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
22592 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22594 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22595 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22596 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22599 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22600 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22602 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22603 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22604 them into characters should be done separately.
22606 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22610 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22611 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22612 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22613 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22614 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (18881 42434))
22615 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22617 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22618 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22622 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22623 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22624 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22626 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22627 `quail-activate', which see.
22629 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22631 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22632 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22633 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22634 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22635 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22636 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22637 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22639 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22640 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22641 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22642 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22643 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22645 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22647 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22648 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22649 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22650 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22651 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22652 list of candidates.
22654 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22655 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22656 command to be called.
22658 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22659 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22660 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22661 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22663 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22664 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22665 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22666 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22667 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22670 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22671 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22672 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22673 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22675 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22676 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22677 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22678 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22680 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22681 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22682 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22683 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22684 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22685 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22687 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22688 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22689 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22690 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22691 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22692 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22694 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22695 covers Quail translation region.
22697 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22698 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22699 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22700 for it) is inserted.
22702 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22703 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22704 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22706 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22707 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22708 non-Quail commands.
22710 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22712 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22713 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22715 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22716 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22717 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22718 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22719 you type is correctly handled.
22721 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22723 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22724 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22726 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22729 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22731 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22732 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22733 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22734 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22735 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22736 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22737 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22738 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22739 for the translation.
22740 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22742 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22743 it is used to handle KEY.
22745 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22746 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22747 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22748 the following annotation types are supported.
22750 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22751 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22753 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22756 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22757 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22758 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22761 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22762 generated for the following translations.
22764 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22766 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22767 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22769 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22770 which to install MAP.
22772 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22774 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22776 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22777 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22779 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22780 which to install MAP.
22782 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22784 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22786 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22787 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22788 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22789 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22790 a function, or a cons.
22791 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22792 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22793 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22794 for the translation.
22795 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22796 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22797 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22798 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22799 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22801 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22802 it is used to handle KEY.
22804 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22805 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22806 current Quail package.
22808 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22809 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22811 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22813 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22814 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22816 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22817 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22819 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22821 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22822 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22824 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22826 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22827 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22828 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22829 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22830 of the Emacs source tree.
22832 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22833 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22835 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22836 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22839 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22843 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22844 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22845 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (18787
22847 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22849 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22850 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22851 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22852 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22854 To make use of this do something like:
22856 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22858 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22860 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22861 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22863 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22864 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22865 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22867 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22869 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22870 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22872 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22874 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22875 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22877 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22880 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22882 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22883 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22885 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22886 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22887 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22889 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22891 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22892 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22894 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22896 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22897 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22901 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22902 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22904 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22906 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22910 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22911 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22917 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22918 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (18787 48931))
22919 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22921 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22922 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22924 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22926 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22930 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22932 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22935 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22937 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22938 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22939 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22940 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22941 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22942 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22944 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22946 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22947 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22949 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22953 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (18787
22955 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22957 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22958 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22961 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22965 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22966 ;;;;;; (18791 16517))
22967 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22969 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22971 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22972 Construct a regexp interactively.
22978 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (18787 48917))
22979 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22981 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22982 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22983 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22984 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22985 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22986 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22988 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22990 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22991 Toggle recentf mode.
22992 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22993 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22995 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22996 that were operated on recently.
22998 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23002 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
23003 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
23004 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
23005 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (18787
23007 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
23008 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
23009 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
23010 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
23011 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
23012 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
23013 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
23015 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
23016 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
23017 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
23018 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
23020 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
23022 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
23024 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
23025 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
23026 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
23027 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
23030 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23031 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
23034 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23036 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23037 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23038 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23040 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23041 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23044 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
23046 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23047 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23048 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23050 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
23052 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
23053 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
23055 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23056 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
23058 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23061 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
23062 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
23063 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
23064 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
23067 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23069 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
23070 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
23074 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23075 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
23076 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
23077 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
23078 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
23079 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
23080 and point is at the lower right corner.
23082 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
23084 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
23085 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23087 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
23088 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
23090 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23091 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
23092 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
23094 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23096 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
23098 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
23099 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
23100 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
23101 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
23102 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
23104 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23105 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
23107 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23109 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
23110 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
23111 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
23113 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
23115 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23117 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
23119 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23120 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23122 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23123 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
23124 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
23126 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23128 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
23129 Blank out the region-rectangle.
23130 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
23132 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23133 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
23134 rectangle which were empty.
23136 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23140 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (18787
23142 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23144 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23145 Toggle Refill minor mode.
23146 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23148 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
23149 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
23150 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
23152 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23156 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
23157 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (18787 48936))
23158 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23160 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23161 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23165 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23166 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23168 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23169 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23171 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23172 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23173 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23176 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23177 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23178 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23180 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23181 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23182 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23184 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23185 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23187 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23188 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23190 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23191 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23194 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23198 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23199 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23200 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23206 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
23207 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23208 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
23210 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
23211 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
23212 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
23213 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
23214 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
23215 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
23217 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
23219 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
23221 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
23222 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
23223 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
23224 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
23225 `reftex-cite-format'.
23227 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
23228 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
23229 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
23230 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
23232 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
23236 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
23237 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23238 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
23240 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
23241 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
23242 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
23243 the current TeX document.
23245 With no argument, this command toggles
23246 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
23247 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23249 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23253 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
23254 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23255 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
23257 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
23258 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
23259 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
23261 To insert new phrases, use
23262 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
23263 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
23265 To index phrases use one of:
23267 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
23268 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
23269 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
23270 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
23271 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
23273 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
23274 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
23276 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
23278 Here are all local bindings.
23280 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
23286 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
23287 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23288 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
23290 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
23291 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
23292 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
23295 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
23299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (18787
23301 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23302 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23303 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23304 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23305 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23309 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
23310 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
23311 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23313 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23314 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23315 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23316 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23317 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23318 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23320 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23321 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23323 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23326 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23328 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23329 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23330 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23331 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23333 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "register" "register.el" (18873 47505))
23338 ;;; Generated autoloads from register.el
23339 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "\C-@" 'point-to-register)
23340 (define-key ctl-x-r-map [?\C-\ ] 'point-to-register)
23341 (define-key ctl-x-r-map " " 'point-to-register)
23342 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "j" 'jump-to-register)
23343 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "s" 'copy-to-register)
23344 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "x" 'copy-to-register)
23345 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "i" 'insert-register)
23346 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "g" 'insert-register)
23347 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "r" 'copy-rectangle-to-register)
23348 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "n" 'number-to-register)
23349 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "+" 'increment-register)
23350 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "w" 'window-configuration-to-register)
23351 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "f" 'frame-configuration-to-register)
23355 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
23356 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
23357 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23358 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23360 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23361 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23362 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23363 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23365 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23367 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23369 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23370 Call `remember' in another frame.
23372 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23374 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23375 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23376 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
23381 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23382 Extract diary entries from the region.
23388 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (18791 16512))
23389 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23391 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23392 Repeat most recently executed command.
23393 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
23394 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
23395 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
23397 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23398 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23399 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23400 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23402 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23403 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23404 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23406 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23410 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
23411 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
23412 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23414 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23415 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23417 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23418 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23419 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23420 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23421 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23422 and point is left after the salutation.
23424 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23425 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23426 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23427 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23428 left after that text.
23430 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23433 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23434 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23435 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23436 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23438 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23442 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
23443 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
23444 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23446 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23447 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23448 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23449 visibility of comments that precede it.
23450 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23451 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23452 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23453 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23454 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23455 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23456 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23457 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23459 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23460 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23461 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23462 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23463 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23469 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
23470 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
23471 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23473 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23474 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
23475 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23477 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23478 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23479 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23481 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23483 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23484 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23485 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23486 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23487 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23488 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23490 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23492 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23493 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
23494 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23496 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23497 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23498 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23504 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
23505 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
23506 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23508 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23509 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23513 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23514 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23516 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23520 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (18787 48931))
23521 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23522 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
23524 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23525 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23526 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23527 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23529 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23531 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23532 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23533 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23534 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23536 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23537 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23539 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23540 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23542 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23543 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23546 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23547 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23548 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23549 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23550 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23552 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23553 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23554 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23555 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23557 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23558 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23561 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23565 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
23566 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
23567 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
23568 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
23569 ;;;;;; rmail-dont-reply-to-names rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail"
23570 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail.el" (18886 63159))
23571 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23573 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23574 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23575 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23577 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23579 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23580 A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
23581 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
23582 a value which excludes your own email address, plus whatever is
23583 specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.
23585 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
23586 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
23588 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
23590 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
23591 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23592 This is used when the user does not set `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'
23593 explicitly. (The other part of the default value is the user's
23594 email address and name.) It is useful to set this variable in
23595 the site customization file. The default value is conventionally
23596 used for large mailing lists to broadcast announcements.")
23598 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
23599 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23600 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23601 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23602 which normally happens once for each message,
23603 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23604 To make a change in this variable take effect
23605 for a message that you have already viewed,
23606 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23608 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23610 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23611 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23612 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23613 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23615 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23617 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:" "\
23618 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23620 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23622 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
23623 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23624 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23626 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23628 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23629 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23630 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23631 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23632 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23633 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23635 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23637 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
23638 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23640 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23642 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
23643 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23645 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23647 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23648 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23650 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23651 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23653 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23655 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23656 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23658 This is set to nil by default.")
23660 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23661 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23662 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
23663 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
23664 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23665 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23666 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23668 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23669 Read and edit incoming mail.
23670 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23671 file in RMAIL Mode.
23672 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23674 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23675 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23676 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23677 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23679 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23681 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23683 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23684 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23685 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23686 Instead, these commands are available:
23688 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23689 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23690 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23691 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23692 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23693 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23694 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23695 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23696 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23697 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23698 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23699 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23700 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23701 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23702 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23703 till a deleted message is found.
23704 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23705 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23706 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23707 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23708 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23709 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23710 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23711 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23712 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23713 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23714 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23715 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23716 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23717 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23718 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23719 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23720 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23721 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23722 (label defaults to last one specified).
23723 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23724 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23725 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23726 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23727 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23728 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23729 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23730 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23731 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23735 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23736 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23738 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23740 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23741 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23743 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23747 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
23748 ;;;;;; (18871 14577))
23749 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
23751 (autoload 'rmail-edit-current-message "rmailedit" "\
23752 Edit the contents of this message.
23758 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
23759 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
23760 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (18837 32928))
23761 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
23763 (autoload 'rmail-add-label "rmailkwd" "\
23764 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23765 Completes (see `rmail-read-label') over known labels when reading.
23766 LABEL may be a symbol or string.
23768 \(fn LABEL)" t nil)
23770 (autoload 'rmail-kill-label "rmailkwd" "\
23771 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23772 Completes (see `rmail-read-label') over known labels when reading.
23773 LABEL may be a symbol or string.
23775 \(fn LABEL)" t nil)
23777 (autoload 'rmail-read-label "rmailkwd" "\
23778 Read a label with completion, prompting with PROMPT.
23779 Completions are chosen from `rmail-label-obarray'. The default
23780 is `rmail-last-label', if that is non-nil. Updates `rmail-last-label'
23781 according to the choice made, and returns a symbol.
23783 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
23785 (autoload 'rmail-previous-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23786 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
23787 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23788 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23789 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
23791 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23793 (autoload 'rmail-next-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23794 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
23795 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23796 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23797 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
23799 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23803 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-mime) "rmailmm" "mail/rmailmm.el" (18865
23805 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmm.el
23807 (autoload 'rmail-mime "rmailmm" "\
23808 Process the current Rmail message as a MIME message.
23809 This creates a temporary \"*RMAIL*\" buffer holding a decoded
23810 copy of the message. Content-types are handled according to
23811 `rmail-mime-media-type-handlers-alist'. By default, this
23812 displays text and multipart messages, and offers to download
23813 attachments as specfied by `rmail-mime-attachment-dirs-alist'.
23819 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
23820 ;;;;;; (18844 39826))
23821 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
23823 (autoload 'set-rmail-inbox-list "rmailmsc" "\
23824 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
23825 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
23826 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
23828 This applies only to the current session.
23830 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23834 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23835 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (18863 60809))
23836 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23838 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23839 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23840 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23841 case it writes Babyl.
23843 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23844 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23845 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23846 `rmail-default-file'.
23848 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23849 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23850 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23852 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23853 the header display is currently pruned.
23855 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23856 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23857 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23858 messages after output.
23860 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23861 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23862 message (if writing a file directly).
23864 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23865 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23867 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23869 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23870 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23871 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23872 i) the header is output as currently seen
23873 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23874 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23876 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23877 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23878 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23880 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23882 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23883 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23884 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23885 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23886 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23887 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23888 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23890 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23891 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23892 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23894 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23898 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23899 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23900 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (18863
23902 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23904 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-date "rmailsort" "\
23905 Sort messages of current Rmail buffer by \"Date\" header.
23906 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sorts in reverse order.
23908 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23910 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-subject "rmailsort" "\
23911 Sort messages of current Rmail buffer by \"Subject\" header.
23912 Ignores any \"Re: \" prefix. If prefix argument REVERSE is
23913 non-nil, sorts in reverse order.
23915 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23917 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-author "rmailsort" "\
23918 Sort messages of current Rmail buffer by author.
23919 This uses either the \"From\" or \"Sender\" header, downcased.
23920 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sorts in reverse order.
23922 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23924 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-recipient "rmailsort" "\
23925 Sort messages of current Rmail buffer by recipient.
23926 This uses either the \"To\" or \"Apparently-To\" header, downcased.
23927 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sorts in reverse order.
23929 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23931 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-correspondent "rmailsort" "\
23932 Sort messages of current Rmail buffer by other correspondent.
23933 This uses either the \"From\", \"Sender\", \"To\", or
23934 \"Apparently-To\" header, downcased. Uses the first header not
23935 excluded by `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'. If prefix argument
23936 REVERSE is non-nil, sorts in reverse order.
23938 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23940 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-lines "rmailsort" "\
23941 Sort messages of current Rmail buffer by the number of lines.
23942 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sorts in reverse order.
23944 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23946 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-labels "rmailsort" "\
23947 Sort messages of current Rmail buffer by labels.
23948 LABELS is a comma-separated list of labels. The order of these
23949 labels specifies the order of messages: messages with the first
23950 label come first, messages with the second label come second, and
23951 so on. Messages that have none of these labels come last.
23952 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sorts in reverse order.
23954 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23958 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-by-senders
23959 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp rmail-summary-by-recipients
23960 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el"
23961 ;;;;;; (18862 883))
23962 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23964 (autoload 'rmail-summary "rmailsum" "\
23965 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23969 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-labels "rmailsum" "\
23970 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23971 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23973 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23975 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-recipients "rmailsum" "\
23976 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23977 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23978 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23979 only look in the To and From fields.
23980 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23982 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23984 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-regexp "rmailsum" "\
23985 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23986 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23987 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23988 Emacs will list the message in the summary.
23990 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23992 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-topic "rmailsum" "\
23993 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23994 Normally checks just the Subject field of headers; but with prefix
23995 argument WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil, looks in the whole message.
23996 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23998 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
24000 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-senders "rmailsum" "\
24001 Display a summary of all messages whose \"From\" field matches SENDERS.
24002 SENDERS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
24004 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
24006 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
24007 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
24008 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
24009 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
24010 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
24011 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
24012 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
24014 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
24015 sent by you under different user names.
24016 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
24018 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
24020 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmailsum" t)
24024 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
24025 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
24026 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
24028 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
24029 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
24032 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
24036 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
24037 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
24038 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
24040 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
24041 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
24042 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
24043 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
24049 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
24050 ;;;;;; (18787 48932))
24051 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
24053 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
24054 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
24056 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
24057 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
24058 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
24059 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
24060 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
24061 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
24062 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
24063 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
24064 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
24065 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
24067 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
24068 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
24069 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
24070 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
24071 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
24072 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
24073 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
24074 to use for finding the schema.
24076 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
24080 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (18787
24082 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
24084 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
24086 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
24087 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
24088 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
24089 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
24090 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
24091 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
24092 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
24093 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
24094 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
24095 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
24096 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
24097 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
24098 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
24099 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
24100 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
24101 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
24104 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
24108 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
24109 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (18821 3056))
24110 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
24112 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
24113 Define a robin package.
24115 NAME is the string of this robin package.
24116 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
24117 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
24118 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
24120 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
24121 one replaces the old one.
24123 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
24125 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
24126 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
24128 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
24129 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
24130 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
24132 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
24134 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
24135 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
24137 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
24141 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
24142 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (18787 48918))
24143 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
24145 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
24146 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
24148 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
24150 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
24151 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
24153 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24155 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
24156 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
24158 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24160 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
24161 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
24162 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
24164 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
24165 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
24168 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
24172 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
24173 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
24179 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
24180 ;;;;;; (18846 2118))
24181 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
24182 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode))
24184 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
24185 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
24187 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
24188 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
24189 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
24190 decorations within the region (see full details below).
24191 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
24193 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
24194 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
24195 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
24196 font-locking of blocks.
24202 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
24204 Toggle ReST minor mode.
24205 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
24206 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
24207 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
24209 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
24210 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
24211 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
24213 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24217 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
24218 ;;;;;; (18804 45209))
24219 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
24221 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
24222 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
24223 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
24224 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
24225 nesting into account.
24227 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
24233 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.rb\\'" . ruby-mode))
24235 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons name 'ruby-mode)))
24239 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (18787
24241 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
24243 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
24244 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
24246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24250 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18787
24252 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
24254 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
24255 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
24256 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
24257 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
24259 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
24261 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
24262 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
24263 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
24265 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
24266 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
24267 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
24269 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
24273 matches string STRING literally.
24276 matches character CHAR literally.
24278 `not-newline', `nonl'
24279 matches any character except a newline.
24282 matches any character
24287 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
24288 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
24289 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
24291 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
24292 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
24293 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
24294 `word', or one of their synonyms.
24296 `(not (any SET ...))'
24297 matches any character not in SET ...
24299 `line-start', `bol'
24300 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
24301 in the text being matched
24304 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
24306 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
24307 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24308 string being matched against.
24310 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
24311 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24312 string being matched against.
24315 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24316 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
24319 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24320 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
24323 matches the empty string, but only at point.
24325 `word-start', `bow'
24326 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
24329 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
24332 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
24335 `(not word-boundary)'
24336 `not-word-boundary'
24337 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
24341 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
24344 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
24346 `digit', `numeric', `num'
24347 matches 0 through 9.
24350 matches ASCII control characters.
24352 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
24353 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
24356 matches space and tab only.
24359 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
24362 `printing', `print'
24363 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
24366 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
24367 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24368 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24370 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
24371 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24372 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24375 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
24378 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
24380 `lower', `lower-case'
24381 matches anything lower-case.
24383 `upper', `upper-case'
24384 matches anything upper-case.
24386 `punctuation', `punct'
24387 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24388 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
24390 `space', `whitespace', `white'
24391 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
24394 matches anything that has word syntax.
24397 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
24400 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
24401 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
24402 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
24404 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
24405 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24408 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24409 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24410 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24411 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24412 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24414 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24415 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24416 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24417 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24418 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24420 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24421 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24423 `(category CATEGORY)'
24424 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24425 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24427 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24428 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24429 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24430 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24434 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24435 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24436 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24437 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24438 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24439 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24440 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
24441 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24442 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24443 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24444 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24445 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24446 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24447 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24456 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24460 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24462 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24467 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24468 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24470 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24471 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24472 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24473 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24474 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24476 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24477 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24478 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24479 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24481 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24482 another name for `submatch'.
24484 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24485 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24486 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24487 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24488 regular expression.
24490 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24491 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24492 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24493 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24494 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24496 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24497 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24499 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24500 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24502 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24504 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24507 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24508 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24511 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24512 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24514 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24516 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24519 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24522 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24524 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24525 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24527 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24530 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24533 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24537 matches N occurrences.
24540 matches N or more occurrences.
24542 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24543 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24544 matches N to M occurrences.
24547 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24550 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24554 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24556 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
24560 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
24561 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
24562 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24564 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24565 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
24566 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
24569 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24571 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24572 Toggle savehist-mode.
24573 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
24574 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
24575 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
24576 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
24578 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24579 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
24580 which is probably undesirable.
24586 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
24587 ;;;;;; (18787 48935))
24588 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24590 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24591 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24592 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24594 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24595 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24596 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24597 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24598 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24599 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24600 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24601 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24604 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24605 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24606 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24607 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
24608 if that value is non-nil.
24612 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24613 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24614 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24617 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24618 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24619 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24620 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24621 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24622 that variable's value is a string.
24628 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
24629 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
24630 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24632 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24633 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24634 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24636 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24642 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
24643 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
24644 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24646 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24647 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24648 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24649 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24650 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24651 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24653 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24655 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24656 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
24657 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24658 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
24659 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24661 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24665 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
24666 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
24667 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24669 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24670 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24671 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
24672 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
24673 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
24676 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24680 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24681 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
24682 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
24683 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
24684 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
24685 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
24686 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
24687 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
24688 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (18877 41138))
24689 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24691 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
24692 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24694 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24696 If `parens', they look like:
24697 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24698 If `angles', they look like:
24699 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24700 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
24701 derived from the envelope-from address.
24703 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
24704 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
24705 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
24706 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
24708 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24710 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24711 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24712 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24713 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24715 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24716 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24717 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24718 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24720 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24722 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24723 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24724 This is done when the message is initialized,
24725 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24727 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24729 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24730 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24731 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24733 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24735 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
24737 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
24738 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24739 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24740 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24741 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24742 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24743 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24745 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24747 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
24748 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24750 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24752 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24753 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24754 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24757 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24759 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24760 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24761 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24762 when you first send mail.")
24764 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24766 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
24767 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
24768 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
24769 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
24770 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
24772 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24774 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
24775 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24776 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24777 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24778 This file need not actually exist.")
24780 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24782 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24783 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
24784 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
24786 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24788 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24789 Alist of mail address aliases,
24790 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24791 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24792 can specify a different file name.)
24793 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24794 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24796 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
24797 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24798 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24800 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24802 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24803 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24804 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24806 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24808 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24809 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24810 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24811 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24812 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24813 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24814 in the cited portion of the message.
24816 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24817 instead of no action.")
24819 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24821 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
24822 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24823 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24824 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24825 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24827 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24829 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
24830 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24831 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24832 If a string, that string is inserted.
24833 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24834 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24835 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24836 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24838 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24840 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
24841 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24843 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24845 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
24846 Directory for mail buffers.
24847 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
24848 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
24850 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24852 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24853 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24854 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24855 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24857 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24859 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24860 If non-nil, try to show Rmail summary buffer after returning from mail.
24861 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24862 the Rmail summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24865 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
24867 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
24868 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24869 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24870 `query' means ask the user each time.
24871 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24872 The default is `mime'.
24873 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24874 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24876 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
24878 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24879 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24880 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24882 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24883 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24885 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24886 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24887 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24888 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24889 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24890 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24891 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24892 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24893 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24894 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24895 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24896 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24897 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24901 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24902 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24903 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24904 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24906 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24908 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24909 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24910 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
24911 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24912 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24913 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24915 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24916 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24917 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24919 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24920 User should not set this variable manually,
24921 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24922 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24923 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24924 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
24926 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24927 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24928 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24929 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24931 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24932 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24935 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24937 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24938 to move to message header fields:
24941 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24942 when the message is initialized.
24944 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24945 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24947 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24950 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24951 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24953 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24954 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24955 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24956 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24957 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24958 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24959 buffer without erasing the contents.
24961 The second through fifth arguments,
24962 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24963 the initial contents of those header fields.
24964 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24965 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24966 original message being replied to, or else an action
24967 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24968 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24969 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24970 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24971 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24972 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24974 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24976 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24977 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24979 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24981 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24982 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24984 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24988 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24989 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (18871
24991 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24993 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24994 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24995 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24996 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24997 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24998 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
25000 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
25001 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
25003 If a server is already running, the server is not started.
25004 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
25007 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
25009 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
25010 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
25011 If server is running, it is first stopped.
25012 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
25014 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25016 (defvar server-mode nil "\
25017 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
25018 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25019 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25020 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25021 or call the function `server-mode'.")
25023 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
25025 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
25026 Toggle Server mode.
25027 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
25028 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
25029 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
25031 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25033 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
25034 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
25035 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
25037 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
25038 only these files will be asked to be saved.
25040 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
25044 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (18787 48918))
25045 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
25047 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
25048 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
25049 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
25053 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
25054 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
25055 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
25056 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
25062 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
25063 ;;;;;; (18791 16534))
25064 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
25066 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25067 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
25069 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
25072 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
25073 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
25074 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
25076 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
25077 in your `.emacs' file.
25079 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
25081 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25082 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
25087 (defalias 'xml-mode 'sgml-mode)
25089 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25090 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
25091 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
25092 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
25093 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
25094 which this is based.
25096 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25098 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
25099 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
25100 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
25101 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
25103 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
25104 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
25105 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
25107 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
25108 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
25109 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
25110 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
25112 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
25113 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
25114 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
25115 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
25117 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
25119 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
25120 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
25121 To work around that, do:
25122 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
25130 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
25131 ;;;;;; (18846 2118))
25132 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
25133 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
25135 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
25136 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
25137 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
25138 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
25139 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
25140 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
25142 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
25143 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
25144 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
25145 shell-specific features.
25147 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
25148 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
25149 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
25151 \\[sh-case] case statement
25152 \\[sh-for] for loop
25153 \\[sh-function] function definition
25154 \\[sh-if] if statement
25155 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
25156 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
25157 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
25158 \\[sh-select] select loop
25159 \\[sh-until] until loop
25160 \\[sh-while] while loop
25162 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
25163 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
25164 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
25165 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
25166 would indent to the way it currently is.
25167 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
25168 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
25171 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
25172 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
25173 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
25174 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
25175 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
25176 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
25178 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
25180 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
25182 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
25183 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
25184 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
25186 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
25187 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
25191 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
25195 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (18787 48918))
25196 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
25198 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
25199 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
25200 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
25201 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
25202 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
25203 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
25205 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
25209 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25210 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
25211 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
25213 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
25214 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
25216 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
25217 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
25218 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
25219 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
25222 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
25224 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
25226 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
25227 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
25228 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
25230 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
25231 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
25233 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
25234 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
25235 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
25236 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
25237 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
25238 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
25239 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
25242 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
25243 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
25244 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
25245 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
25246 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25248 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
25249 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
25250 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
25256 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
25257 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (18787
25259 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25261 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25262 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25263 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25264 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25265 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25266 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25267 sites in the cluster.
25271 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25272 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25273 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25274 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25275 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25279 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25280 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25281 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25282 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25283 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25284 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25285 `shadow-define-cluster').
25289 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25290 Set up file shadowing.
25296 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
25297 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
25298 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25300 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
25301 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25302 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25303 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25304 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25307 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25309 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25310 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25311 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25312 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25313 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25315 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25316 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25317 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25318 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25319 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25320 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25321 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25322 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25323 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25324 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25325 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25327 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25328 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25329 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25330 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25331 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25332 `default-process-coding-system'.
25334 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25335 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25336 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25337 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25339 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25341 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25342 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
25346 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
25347 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (18787 48928))
25348 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25350 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25353 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25355 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25358 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25360 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25363 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25367 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
25368 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
25369 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25371 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25372 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25373 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25374 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25375 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25377 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25383 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (18791
25385 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25387 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25388 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25389 \\{simula-mode-map}
25390 Variables controlling indentation style:
25391 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25392 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25393 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25394 `simula-indent-level'
25395 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25396 `simula-substatement-offset'
25397 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25398 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25399 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25400 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25401 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25402 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25403 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25404 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25405 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
25406 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25407 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25408 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25409 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
25410 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25411 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25412 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25413 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25414 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25415 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25416 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
25417 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25418 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25419 or nil if they should not be changed.
25420 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
25421 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25422 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25423 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25425 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25426 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25432 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
25433 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (18791 16512))
25434 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25436 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25437 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25439 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25440 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25441 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25442 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25444 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
25446 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25448 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25449 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25450 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25451 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25452 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25454 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25455 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25457 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25459 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25460 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25462 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25463 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25464 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25465 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25467 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25468 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25469 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25470 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25472 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25473 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25474 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25476 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25477 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25479 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25480 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25482 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
25483 _ interesting point, interregion here
25484 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25485 interesting point set by _
25486 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25487 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25488 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25489 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25490 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25491 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25494 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25495 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25497 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
25498 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
25499 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
25500 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25501 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
25502 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25503 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
25504 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25506 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25507 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25508 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25509 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25510 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25513 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25514 then: insert previously read string once more
25515 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25516 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25517 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25519 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25520 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25522 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25524 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25525 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25527 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25528 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25529 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25530 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25531 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25534 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25535 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
25536 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
25542 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
25543 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (18825 40643))
25544 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
25546 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25547 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25548 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25551 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25553 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25554 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25555 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25559 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25560 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25561 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25567 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
25568 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
25569 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25571 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25572 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25573 A list of images is returned.
25575 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25577 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25578 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
25579 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
25581 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25585 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
25586 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (18862 237))
25587 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25589 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25594 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25595 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25601 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (18787 48933))
25602 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25604 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25605 Play the Snake game.
25606 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25608 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25610 Snake mode keybindings:
25612 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25613 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25614 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25615 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25616 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25617 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25618 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25624 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
25625 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
25626 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25628 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25629 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25630 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25631 Tab indents for C code.
25632 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25633 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25635 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25640 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25641 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25642 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25643 Tab indents for C code.
25644 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25645 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25647 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25648 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25654 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (18787
25656 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25658 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25659 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25660 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25661 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25662 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25664 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
25666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25670 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (18787
25672 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25674 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25677 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25678 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25679 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25680 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25681 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25682 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25683 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25684 check after each move or undo.)
25688 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25689 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25690 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25709 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25710 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25711 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25712 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25714 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25715 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25716 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25719 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25720 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25722 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25738 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25740 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25746 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25747 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25748 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (18787 48918))
25749 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25750 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25752 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25753 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25755 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25756 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25757 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25758 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25761 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25762 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25763 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25766 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25767 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25769 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25770 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25771 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25772 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25775 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25776 It should move point to the end of the record.
25778 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25779 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25780 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25781 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25782 starts at the beginning of the record.
25784 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25785 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25788 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25789 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25791 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25793 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25794 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25795 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25796 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25797 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25800 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25802 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25803 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25804 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25805 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25806 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25809 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25811 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25812 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25813 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25814 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25815 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25818 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25819 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25821 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25822 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25823 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25824 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25825 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25826 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25827 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25828 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25829 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25831 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25833 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25834 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25835 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25836 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25837 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25838 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25839 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25842 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25844 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25845 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25846 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25847 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25848 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25849 is to be used for sorting.
25850 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25851 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25852 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25853 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25854 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25856 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25858 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25861 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25862 starting with the letter \"f\",
25863 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25865 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25867 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25868 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25869 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25870 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25871 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25872 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25873 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25876 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25877 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25878 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25879 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25880 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25882 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25884 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25885 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25886 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25888 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25892 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (18787
25894 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25896 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25897 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25898 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25899 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25900 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25901 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25903 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25907 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25908 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25909 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (18791 16522))
25910 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25912 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25913 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25915 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25916 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25917 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25919 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25921 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25922 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25923 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25926 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25928 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25929 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25930 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25932 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25934 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25935 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25936 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25937 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25942 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25943 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25944 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25945 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25951 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25952 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (18834 13432))
25953 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25955 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25957 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25958 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25959 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25960 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25961 supported at a time.
25962 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25963 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25965 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25967 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25968 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25969 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25970 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25976 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25977 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (18787 48936))
25978 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25980 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25982 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25983 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25984 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25985 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25986 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25987 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25991 (make-obsolete 'spell-buffer 'ispell-buffer "23.1")
25993 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25994 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25995 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25996 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
26000 (make-obsolete 'spell-word 'ispell-word "23.1")
26002 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
26003 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
26004 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
26005 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
26006 for example, \"word\".
26008 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
26010 (make-obsolete 'spell-region 'ispell-region "23.1")
26012 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
26013 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
26015 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
26017 (make-obsolete 'spell-string "The `spell' package is obsolete - use `ispell'." "23.1")
26021 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (18787
26023 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
26025 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
26026 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
26030 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
26031 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
26037 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
26038 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
26039 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
26040 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (18838
26042 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
26044 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
26045 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
26047 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
26048 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
26049 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
26050 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
26051 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
26052 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
26053 of the current highlighting list.
26057 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
26058 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
26060 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
26061 `_t' as data types.
26063 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
26065 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
26066 Show short help for the SQL modes.
26068 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
26069 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
26071 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
26073 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
26074 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
26075 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
26077 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
26079 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
26080 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
26081 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
26082 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
26083 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
26084 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
26086 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
26087 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
26089 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
26091 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
26092 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
26093 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
26094 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
26096 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
26097 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
26098 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
26099 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
26101 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
26102 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
26103 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
26107 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
26108 Major mode to edit SQL.
26110 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
26111 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
26112 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
26115 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
26117 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
26118 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
26119 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
26120 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
26121 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
26122 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
26124 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
26125 `sql-interactive-mode'.
26127 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
26128 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
26129 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
26131 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
26133 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
26137 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
26138 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
26140 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26141 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26144 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26146 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
26148 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
26149 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
26151 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26152 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26155 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
26156 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26157 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
26158 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
26160 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26161 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26163 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26164 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26165 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26166 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26167 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26168 `default-process-coding-system'.
26170 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26174 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
26175 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
26177 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26178 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26181 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
26182 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
26183 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26184 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
26186 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26187 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26189 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26190 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26191 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26192 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26193 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26194 `default-process-coding-system'.
26196 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26200 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
26201 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
26203 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26204 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26207 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
26208 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26210 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26211 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26213 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26214 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26215 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26216 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26217 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26218 `default-process-coding-system'.
26220 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26224 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
26225 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
26227 SQLite is free software.
26229 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26230 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26233 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
26234 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26235 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26236 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
26238 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26239 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26241 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26242 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26243 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26244 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26245 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26246 `default-process-coding-system'.
26248 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26252 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26253 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26255 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26257 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26258 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26261 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26262 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26263 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26264 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26266 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26267 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26269 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26270 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26271 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26272 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26273 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26274 `default-process-coding-system'.
26276 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26280 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26281 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26283 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26284 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26287 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26288 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26291 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26292 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26294 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26295 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26296 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26297 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26298 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26299 `default-process-coding-system'.
26301 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26305 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26306 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26308 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26309 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26312 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26313 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26315 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26316 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26318 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26319 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26320 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26321 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26322 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26323 `default-process-coding-system'.
26325 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26329 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26330 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26332 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26333 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26336 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26337 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26338 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26339 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26341 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26342 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26344 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26345 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26346 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26347 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26348 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26349 `default-process-coding-system'.
26351 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26355 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26356 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26358 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26359 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26362 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26363 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26364 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26365 `sql-postgres-options'.
26367 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26368 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26370 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26371 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26372 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26373 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26374 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26375 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26376 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26377 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26379 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26380 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26382 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26386 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26387 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26389 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26390 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26393 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26394 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26397 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26398 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26400 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26401 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26402 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26403 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26404 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26405 `default-process-coding-system'.
26407 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26411 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26412 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26414 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26415 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26418 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26421 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26422 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26424 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26425 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26426 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26427 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26429 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26430 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26431 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26432 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26433 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26434 `default-process-coding-system'.
26436 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26440 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26441 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26443 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26444 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26447 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26448 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26449 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26450 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26453 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26454 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26455 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26456 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26459 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26460 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26462 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26468 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
26469 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
26470 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
26471 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
26472 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (18787
26474 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26476 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26477 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26478 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
26479 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
26480 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26481 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26483 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26485 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26487 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26488 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26489 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26490 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26491 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26492 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26493 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26495 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26497 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26498 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26499 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26500 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26501 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26502 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26503 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26505 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26507 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26508 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26509 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26511 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26513 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26514 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26515 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26517 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26519 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26520 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26522 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26524 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26525 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26529 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26530 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26534 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26535 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26536 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
26537 chronologically by command name.
26538 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26540 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26542 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26543 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26544 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26545 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26546 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26547 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26549 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26551 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26552 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
26553 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
26554 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26555 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26556 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26557 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26559 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26560 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26561 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26562 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26564 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26568 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26569 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26570 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26571 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26573 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26575 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26576 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26582 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
26583 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (18430 59248))
26584 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26586 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26587 Studlify-case the region.
26589 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26591 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26592 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26594 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26596 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26597 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26603 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26604 ;;;;;; (18885 458))
26605 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26607 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26608 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26609 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26610 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26611 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26612 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26613 original message but it does require a few things:
26615 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26617 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26620 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26621 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26624 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26626 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26628 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26629 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26630 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26636 ;;;### (autoloads (symbol-completion-try-complete symbol-complete)
26637 ;;;;;; "sym-comp" "progmodes/sym-comp.el" (18787 48935))
26638 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sym-comp.el
26640 (autoload 'symbol-complete "sym-comp" "\
26641 Perform completion of the symbol preceding point.
26642 This is done in a way appropriate to the current major mode,
26643 perhaps by interrogating an inferior interpreter. Compare
26645 If no characters can be completed, display a list of possible completions.
26646 Repeating the command at that point scrolls the list.
26648 When called from a program, optional arg PREDICATE is a predicate
26649 determining which symbols are considered.
26651 This function requires `symbol-completion-completions-function'
26652 to be set buffer-locally. Variables `symbol-completion-symbol-function',
26653 `symbol-completion-predicate-function' and
26654 `symbol-completion-transform-function' are also consulted.
26656 \(fn &optional PREDICATE)" t nil)
26658 (autoload 'symbol-completion-try-complete "sym-comp" "\
26659 Completion function for use with `hippie-expand'.
26660 Uses `symbol-completion-symbol-function' and
26661 `symbol-completion-completions-function'. It is intended to be
26662 used something like this in a major mode which provides symbol
26665 (if (featurep 'hippie-exp)
26666 (set (make-local-variable 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list)
26667 (cons 'symbol-completion-try-complete
26668 hippie-expand-try-functions-list)))
26670 \(fn OLD)" nil nil)
26674 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18787
26676 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26678 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26680 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26681 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26682 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26683 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26684 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26685 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26687 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26689 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26690 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
26691 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
26692 otherwise turn it off.
26694 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26695 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26696 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26702 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (18787 48918))
26703 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26705 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26706 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26707 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26708 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26709 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26711 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26713 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26714 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26715 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26716 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26717 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26718 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26719 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26721 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26725 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26726 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26727 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26728 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26729 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26730 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26731 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26732 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26733 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26734 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26735 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26736 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26737 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (18791 16534))
26738 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26740 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26741 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26742 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26744 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26746 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26747 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26749 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26751 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26752 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26754 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26756 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26757 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26759 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26761 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26762 Insert an editable text table.
26763 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26764 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26765 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26766 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26767 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26768 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26773 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26775 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26780 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26781 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26782 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26783 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26786 +-----+-----+-----+
26788 +-----+-----+-----+
26790 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26792 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26793 width, which results as
26795 +--------------+-----+-----+
26797 +--------------+-----+-----+
26799 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26800 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26802 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26804 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26806 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26807 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26808 width information to `table-insert'.
26810 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26816 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26819 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26820 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26822 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26825 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26827 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26829 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26832 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26835 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26837 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26839 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26842 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26845 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26848 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26849 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26850 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26852 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26855 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26858 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26861 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26863 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26866 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26869 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26870 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26871 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26872 | | |expected results.-!- |
26873 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26876 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26878 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26882 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26884 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26885 Insert N table row(s).
26886 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26887 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26888 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26889 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26893 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26894 Insert N table column(s).
26895 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26896 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26897 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26898 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26902 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26903 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26904 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26906 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26908 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26909 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26910 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26911 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26912 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26913 all the table specific features.
26915 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26917 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26922 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26923 Recognize all tables within region.
26924 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26925 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26926 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26929 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26931 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26934 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26936 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26937 Recognize a table at point.
26938 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26939 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26940 the table specific features.
26942 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26944 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26949 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26950 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26951 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26952 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26953 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26954 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26955 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26957 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26959 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26964 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26965 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26966 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26967 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26968 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26969 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26972 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26974 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26975 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26976 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26977 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26978 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26979 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26980 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26985 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26986 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26987 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26988 table's rectangle structure.
26990 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26992 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26993 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26994 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26995 table's rectangle structure.
26999 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
27000 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
27001 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27002 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
27003 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
27005 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
27007 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
27008 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
27009 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
27011 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
27012 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
27013 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
27014 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
27015 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
27016 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
27017 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
27019 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27020 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
27021 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
27022 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
27023 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
27024 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
27025 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27027 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
27028 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
27029 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
27030 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
27031 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
27032 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
27033 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
27034 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27036 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
27038 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
27039 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
27040 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27041 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
27043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27045 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
27046 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
27047 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
27049 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
27051 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
27052 Split current cell vertically.
27053 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
27057 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
27058 Split current cell horizontally.
27059 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
27063 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
27064 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
27065 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
27067 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
27069 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
27070 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
27071 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
27072 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
27074 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27076 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
27077 Justify cell contents.
27078 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
27079 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
27080 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
27081 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
27083 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
27085 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
27086 Justify cells of a row.
27087 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27088 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27090 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27092 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
27093 Justify cells of a column.
27094 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27095 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27097 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27099 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
27100 Toggle fixing width mode.
27101 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
27102 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
27103 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
27105 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27107 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
27108 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
27109 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
27110 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
27111 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
27112 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
27113 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
27114 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27115 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27116 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27117 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27119 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27121 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27122 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27123 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27124 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
27125 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27126 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27127 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27128 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27129 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27130 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27131 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27132 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27135 References used for this implementation:
27141 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
27143 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27144 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
27145 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
27147 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27149 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27150 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27151 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27152 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27153 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27154 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27155 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27156 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27157 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27158 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27159 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27160 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27161 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27162 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27163 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27164 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
27165 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27170 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27171 (table-forward-cell 15)
27172 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
27173 (table-forward-cell 16)
27174 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
27175 (table-forward-cell 1)
27176 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
27179 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27180 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
27181 (table-forward-cell 1)
27182 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
27184 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27186 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27187 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27188 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27189 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27190 consists from cells of same height.
27194 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27195 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27196 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27197 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27198 column must consists from cells of same width.
27202 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27203 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27204 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27205 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27206 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27207 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27208 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27209 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27210 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27211 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27212 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27213 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
27214 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27215 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27216 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27225 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27226 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27227 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27230 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27232 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27234 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27236 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27240 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27241 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27242 of each row is optional.
27247 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27248 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27249 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27250 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27251 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27253 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27254 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27256 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27257 expression and raw delimiter regular
27258 expression, it parses the specified text
27259 area and extracts cell items from
27260 non-table text and then forms a table out
27263 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27264 creates a single cell table. The text in
27265 the specified region is placed in that
27268 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27271 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27272 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27273 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27275 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27276 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27277 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27278 | area and extracts cell items from |
27279 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27282 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27283 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27284 | the specified region is placed in that |
27286 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27288 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27289 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27292 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27293 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27294 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27295 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27296 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27297 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27298 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27299 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27300 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27302 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27303 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27304 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27305 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27307 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27309 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27310 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27311 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27313 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27315 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27316 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27317 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
27318 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27319 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27325 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (18787 48918))
27326 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27328 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27329 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27331 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27333 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27334 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27340 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (18875 57174))
27341 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27343 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27344 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27345 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27346 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27347 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27348 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27349 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27351 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27352 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27353 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27354 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27356 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27363 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
27364 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (18791 16532))
27365 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27367 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27368 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27369 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27370 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27371 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27372 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27374 Variables controlling indentation style:
27376 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27377 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27378 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27380 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27381 documentation for details):
27382 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27383 Controls action of TAB key.
27385 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27386 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27387 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27388 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27389 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27391 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27392 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27400 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27401 Run inferior Tcl process.
27402 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27403 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27407 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27408 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27409 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27411 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27415 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (18787 48931))
27416 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27417 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
27419 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27420 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27421 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27422 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27424 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27425 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27426 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27427 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27428 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27430 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27431 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
27433 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27434 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27435 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27436 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27442 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
27443 ;;;;;; (18873 47526))
27444 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27446 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27447 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27448 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27449 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27450 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27451 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27453 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27455 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27456 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27457 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27458 commands to use in that buffer.
27460 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27462 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27464 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27465 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27467 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27469 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27470 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27471 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27472 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27473 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27474 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27475 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27476 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27477 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27478 use in that buffer.
27479 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27481 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27485 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (18791
27487 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
27489 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
27490 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
27491 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
27492 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
27493 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
27494 program as keyboard input.
27496 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
27497 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
27498 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
27499 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
27501 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
27502 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
27503 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
27504 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
27505 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
27507 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
27509 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
27510 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
27511 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
27512 terminal-redisplay-interval.
27514 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
27515 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
27516 subprocess started.
27518 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
27522 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
27523 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
27524 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27526 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27527 Start coverage on function under point.
27533 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (18787 48933))
27534 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27536 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27537 Play the Tetris game.
27538 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27539 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27540 as to form complete rows.
27542 tetris-mode keybindings:
27543 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27544 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27545 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27546 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27547 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27548 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27549 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27550 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27551 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27557 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
27558 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
27559 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27560 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
27561 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
27562 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
27563 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27564 ;;;;;; (18850 59927))
27565 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27567 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27568 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27570 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27572 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
27573 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
27574 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27575 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27576 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27578 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27580 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27581 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27582 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27583 if it matches the first line of the file,
27584 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27586 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27588 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27589 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27590 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27591 if the variable is non-nil.")
27593 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27595 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27596 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27598 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27600 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
27601 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
27602 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27603 See the documentation of that variable.")
27605 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27607 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
27608 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27609 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27610 See the documentation of that variable.")
27612 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27614 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
27615 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27616 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27617 See the documentation of that variable.")
27619 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27621 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
27622 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27623 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27624 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27625 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27627 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27629 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
27630 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27631 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27632 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27634 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27636 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27637 *User defined LaTeX block names.
27638 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27640 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27642 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
27643 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27644 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27645 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27647 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27649 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
27650 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27651 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27652 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27654 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27656 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
27657 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27658 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27659 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27661 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27662 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27665 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27666 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27668 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27671 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27673 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command '(cond ((eq window-system 'x) "xdvi") ((eq window-system 'w32) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s")) "\
27674 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27675 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27676 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27677 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27679 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27681 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27683 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
27684 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27685 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27687 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27689 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27690 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27691 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27692 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27693 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27695 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27697 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
27698 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27700 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27702 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
27703 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27705 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27707 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27708 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27709 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27710 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27711 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27712 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27713 says which mode to use.
27717 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27719 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27721 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27723 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27724 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27725 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27726 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27727 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27729 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27730 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27731 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27732 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27733 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27734 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27735 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27737 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27738 mismatched $'s or braces.
27741 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27745 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27747 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27748 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27749 tex-dvi-print-command
27750 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27751 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27752 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27753 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27754 tex-dvi-view-command
27755 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27756 tex-show-queue-command
27757 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27758 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27760 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27761 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27762 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27766 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27767 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27768 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27769 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27770 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27772 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27773 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27774 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27775 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27776 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27777 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27778 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27780 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27781 mismatched $'s or braces.
27788 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27790 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27791 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27792 tex-dvi-print-command
27793 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27794 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27795 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27796 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27797 tex-dvi-view-command
27798 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27799 tex-show-queue-command
27800 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27801 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27803 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27804 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27805 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27809 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27810 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27811 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27812 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27813 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27815 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27816 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27817 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27818 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27819 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27820 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27821 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27823 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27824 mismatched $'s or braces.
27827 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27831 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27833 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27834 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27835 tex-dvi-print-command
27836 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27837 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27838 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27839 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27840 tex-dvi-view-command
27841 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27842 tex-show-queue-command
27843 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27844 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27846 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27847 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27848 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27849 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27853 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27858 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27859 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27865 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27866 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (18787 48936))
27867 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27869 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27870 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27871 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27872 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27874 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27875 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27876 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27878 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27880 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27881 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27882 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27883 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27884 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27886 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27888 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27889 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27890 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27891 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27893 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27894 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27895 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27896 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27898 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27899 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27901 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27905 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27906 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (18787 48936))
27907 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27909 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
27910 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27912 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27914 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
27915 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27917 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27919 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27920 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27922 It has these extra commands:
27923 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27925 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27926 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27927 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27928 modified version of TeX input format.
27930 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27931 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27932 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27933 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27935 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27936 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27937 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27938 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27939 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27940 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27941 in the Texinfo file.
27943 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27944 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27945 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27946 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27947 move forward past the closing brace.
27949 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27950 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27952 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27953 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27954 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27956 Here are the functions:
27958 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27959 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27960 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27962 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27963 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27964 texinfo-master-menu
27966 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27968 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27969 which menu descriptions are indented.
27971 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27972 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27975 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27976 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27977 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27978 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27980 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27981 be the first node in the file.
27983 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27984 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27990 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27991 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27992 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
27993 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27995 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27996 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27997 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27998 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
28000 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28002 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
28003 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
28005 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28007 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
28008 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
28012 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
28015 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
28019 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
28020 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
28021 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (18787 48918))
28022 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
28024 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
28025 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
28027 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
28029 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28030 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
28031 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
28032 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
28033 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
28035 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
28036 a symbol as a valid THING.
28038 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
28039 of the textual entity that was found.
28041 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28043 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28044 Return the THING at point.
28045 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
28046 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
28047 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
28049 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
28050 a symbol as a valid THING.
28052 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28054 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28055 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
28059 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28060 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
28064 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28065 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
28069 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28070 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
28076 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
28077 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
28078 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
28079 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
28081 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
28082 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
28086 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
28087 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
28088 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
28089 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
28091 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
28093 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
28094 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
28098 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
28099 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
28103 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
28105 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
28106 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
28112 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
28113 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
28114 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
28115 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
28116 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (18787
28118 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
28120 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
28121 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
28122 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
28126 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
28127 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
28129 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28131 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
28132 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
28133 The returned string has no composition information.
28135 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28137 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
28138 Compose Tibetan string STR.
28140 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28142 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28143 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28145 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28147 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28148 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28149 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28150 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28152 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28154 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28155 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28156 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28157 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28159 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28161 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28162 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28163 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28167 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28168 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28169 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28173 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28176 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28178 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28181 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28183 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28186 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28190 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
28191 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
28192 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28194 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28195 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28196 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28197 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28199 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28201 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28203 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28204 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28205 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28206 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28208 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28214 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
28215 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
28216 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (18886 63158))
28217 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28219 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28220 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28222 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28224 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28225 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28226 This display updates automatically every minute.
28227 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28228 are displayed as well.
28229 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28233 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28234 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28235 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28236 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28237 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28238 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28240 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28242 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28243 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28244 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
28246 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
28247 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28248 are displayed as well.
28249 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28253 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28254 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28255 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28256 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28260 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28261 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28262 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28263 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28265 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28267 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28268 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28274 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
28275 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
28276 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
28277 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time time-to-seconds date-to-time) "time-date"
28278 ;;;;;; "calendar/time-date.el" (18791 16516))
28279 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28281 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28282 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28284 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28286 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date" "\
28287 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
28288 You can use `float-time' instead.
28290 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28292 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28293 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
28295 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28297 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
28298 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
28300 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28302 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28303 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28305 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28307 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28308 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28309 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28311 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28313 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28315 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
28316 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
28317 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
28319 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28321 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
28322 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
28324 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28326 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28327 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28328 DATE should be a date-time string.
28330 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28332 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28333 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28334 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28336 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28338 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28339 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28341 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28343 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28344 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28346 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28348 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28349 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28350 TIME should be a time value.
28351 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28353 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28355 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28356 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28357 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28359 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28361 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28362 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28363 The valid format specifiers are:
28364 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28365 %d is the number of days.
28366 %h is the number of hours.
28367 %m is the number of minutes.
28368 %s is the number of seconds.
28369 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28370 %% is a literal \"%\".
28372 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28373 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28375 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28376 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28377 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28379 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28380 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28381 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28383 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28385 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28389 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
28390 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (18787 48918))
28391 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28392 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28393 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28394 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28395 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28396 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28397 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28398 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28399 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28401 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28402 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28403 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28404 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
28405 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
28406 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28407 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28408 look like one of the following:
28411 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28412 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28413 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28414 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28415 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28416 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28417 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28422 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28423 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28424 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28430 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
28431 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
28432 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
28433 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
28434 ;;;;;; (18787 48920))
28435 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28437 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
28438 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
28439 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28440 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
28441 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28442 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28443 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
28444 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
28445 display (non-nil means on).
28447 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28449 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28450 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28451 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28452 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28453 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28454 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28455 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28456 this function is called within a day.
28458 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28459 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28460 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28461 discover the name of the project.
28463 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28465 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28466 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28467 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28468 begun during the last time segment.
28470 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28471 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28472 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28473 discover the reason.
28475 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28477 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28478 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28479 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28480 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28481 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28483 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28485 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28486 Change to working on a different project.
28487 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28488 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28489 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28492 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28494 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28495 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28496 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28500 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28501 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28502 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28506 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28507 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28508 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28509 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28510 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28511 \"relative to today\".
28513 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28515 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28516 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28517 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28518 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28520 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28522 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28523 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28524 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28525 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28526 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28527 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28529 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28533 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
28534 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (18837 32927))
28535 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28537 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28538 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28539 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28540 the generated Quail package is saved.
28542 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28544 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28545 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28546 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28547 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28548 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28549 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28550 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28552 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28556 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
28557 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (18791 16513))
28558 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28559 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28560 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28562 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28563 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28564 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28565 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28566 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28568 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28570 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28571 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28572 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28573 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28574 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28576 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28578 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28579 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28580 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28581 in the menu in two ways:
28582 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28583 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28584 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28586 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28587 keymap or an alist of alists.
28588 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28589 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28591 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28595 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
28596 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
28597 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (18817 51432))
28598 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28600 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
28601 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28603 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
28605 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28606 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28608 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28610 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28611 Insert new TODO list entry.
28612 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28617 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28618 List top priorities for each category.
28620 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28621 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
28623 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28624 between each category.
28626 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28628 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28629 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28630 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28631 between each category.
28633 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28635 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28637 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28638 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28644 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28645 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28649 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28656 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28657 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28658 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (18792 39484))
28659 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28661 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28662 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28663 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28667 (put 'tool-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
28669 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28670 Add an item to the tool bar.
28671 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28672 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28673 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28674 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28676 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28677 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28678 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28679 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28681 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28682 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28684 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28686 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28687 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28688 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28689 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28690 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28691 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28693 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28694 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28695 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28696 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28698 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28700 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28701 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28702 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28703 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28704 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28705 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28706 properties to add to the binding.
28708 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28710 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28711 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28713 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28715 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28716 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28717 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28718 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28719 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28720 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28721 properties to add to the binding.
28723 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28726 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28730 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28731 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
28732 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28734 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28735 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28736 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28737 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28738 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28739 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28741 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28743 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28746 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28748 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28750 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28751 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28757 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28758 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
28759 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28761 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28762 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28764 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28765 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28766 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28767 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28768 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28770 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28771 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28772 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28773 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28774 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
28776 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28781 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28782 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28783 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28784 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28785 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28786 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28792 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (18787 48923))
28793 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28795 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28796 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28797 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28798 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28799 to a tcp server on another machine.
28801 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28805 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28806 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (18787 48923))
28807 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28809 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28810 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28812 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28814 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28815 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28816 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28817 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28818 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28819 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28820 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28821 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28823 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28825 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28826 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28827 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28828 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28829 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28830 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28831 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28832 the window or buffer configuration.
28834 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28836 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28840 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28841 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28842 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28843 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (18855 7749))
28844 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28846 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28847 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
28848 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28850 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28852 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28853 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28855 It can have the following values:
28857 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28858 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28859 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28861 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28863 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):" "\
28864 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28865 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28866 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28868 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28869 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28870 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28871 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28873 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28874 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28875 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28877 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28878 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28879 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28880 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28881 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28882 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28883 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28884 files which are not really Tramp files.
28886 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28887 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28888 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28889 updated after changing this variable.
28891 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28893 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "^/") "\
28894 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
28895 Usually, it is just \"^/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
28896 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
28898 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*$") "\
28899 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28900 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28901 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28903 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?$") "\
28904 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28905 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28906 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28908 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$") "\
28909 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28910 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28912 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28913 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28914 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28916 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28917 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28918 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28919 updated after changing this variable.
28921 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28923 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28924 Alist of completion handler functions.
28925 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28926 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28927 normal Emacs functions.")
28929 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28930 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28931 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28932 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28934 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28935 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28936 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28937 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28939 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28940 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28941 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28943 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28945 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28946 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28947 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28949 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
28950 Add Tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28951 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
28953 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
28954 Add Tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28957 'tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)
28959 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28964 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28965 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28967 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28969 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28970 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28972 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28974 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28975 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28981 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28982 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
28983 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28985 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28992 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (18787
28994 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28996 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28997 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28998 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28999 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
29000 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
29001 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
29002 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
29003 any question when restarting the tutorial.
29005 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
29006 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
29007 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
29009 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
29010 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
29013 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
29017 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
29018 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
29019 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
29021 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
29024 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
29028 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
29029 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (18791 16534))
29030 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
29031 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
29032 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
29033 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
29035 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
29036 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
29037 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
29038 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
29039 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
29040 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
29041 first and the associated buffer to its right.
29043 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29045 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
29046 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
29047 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
29048 accepting the proposed default buffer.
29050 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29054 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
29055 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
29056 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
29057 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
29058 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
29059 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
29060 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
29062 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
29063 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
29065 First column's text sSs Second column's text
29068 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
29070 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29076 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
29077 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
29078 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
29079 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
29080 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
29081 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
29083 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
29084 Toggle typing break mode.
29085 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
29086 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29087 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
29089 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
29091 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
29092 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
29094 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
29096 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
29097 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
29099 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
29100 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
29101 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
29103 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
29104 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
29106 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
29108 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
29109 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
29111 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
29112 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
29113 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
29114 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
29116 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
29118 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
29119 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
29120 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
29122 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
29123 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
29124 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
29125 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
29126 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
29127 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
29129 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
29130 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
29131 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
29132 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
29134 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
29135 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
29137 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
29138 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
29140 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
29142 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
29143 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
29144 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
29146 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
29147 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
29148 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
29149 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
29150 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
29151 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
29152 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
29154 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
29155 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
29157 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
29158 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
29159 reset the keystroke counter.
29161 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
29162 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
29163 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
29164 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
29166 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
29167 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
29168 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
29169 `type-break-schedule' command.
29171 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
29172 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
29173 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
29174 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
29175 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
29176 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
29177 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
29178 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
29179 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
29181 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
29182 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
29183 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
29184 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
29185 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
29187 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
29188 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
29189 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
29190 approximate good values for this.
29192 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
29193 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
29195 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
29196 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
29197 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
29198 `type-break-warning-repeat'
29199 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
29200 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
29202 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
29203 a typing break occur. They include:
29205 `type-break-query-mode'
29206 `type-break-query-function'
29207 `type-break-query-interval'
29209 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
29211 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
29212 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
29213 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
29216 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
29218 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29219 Take a typing break.
29221 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29222 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29224 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29225 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29229 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29230 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29231 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29232 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29236 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29237 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29239 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29240 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29241 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29242 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29243 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29244 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29245 average typing speed.)
29247 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29248 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29249 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29250 the computed maximum threshold.
29252 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29253 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29254 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29255 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29256 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29258 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29262 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (18820 21794))
29263 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
29265 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
29266 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
29267 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
29268 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
29269 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
29271 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
29275 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
29276 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (18787 48936))
29277 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29279 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29280 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29281 Works by overstriking underscores.
29282 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29283 which specify the range to operate on.
29285 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29287 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29288 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29289 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29290 which specify the range to operate on.
29292 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29296 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
29297 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (18828 23019))
29298 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
29300 (autoload 'undigestify-rmail-message "undigest" "\
29301 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
29302 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
29306 (autoload 'unforward-rmail-message "undigest" "\
29307 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
29308 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
29309 following the containing message.
29315 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
29316 ;;;;;; (18844 39826))
29317 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29319 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29320 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
29321 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29322 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29323 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29324 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29328 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29329 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
29331 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29335 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (18787
29337 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29339 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29340 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29341 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29342 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29344 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29348 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
29349 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (18787 48937))
29350 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29352 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29353 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29354 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29356 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29357 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29358 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29359 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
29360 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
29361 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
29363 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29364 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29365 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29367 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29368 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29369 the callback is not called).
29371 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29372 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29373 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29376 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
29378 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29379 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29380 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29381 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29382 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29384 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29388 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
29389 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (18787 48936))
29390 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29392 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29393 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29394 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29396 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29397 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29398 `url-generic-parse-url'
29399 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29400 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
29401 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29403 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29404 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
29405 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
29406 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29407 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29408 what type of auth to use
29409 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29410 if one cannot be found in the cache
29412 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29414 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29415 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29417 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29418 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29419 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29420 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29421 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29422 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29423 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29424 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29426 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29430 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
29431 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (18787
29433 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29435 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29436 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29438 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29440 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29441 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29443 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29445 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29446 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29448 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29450 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
29451 Return t if a cached file has expired.
29453 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
29457 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (18791 16534))
29458 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29460 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29463 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29467 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
29468 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (18787 48936))
29469 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29471 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29474 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29476 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29479 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29483 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (18829
29485 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29487 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29488 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29490 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29494 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
29495 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (18787 48936))
29496 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29498 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29499 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29503 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29504 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29505 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29506 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29507 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29509 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
29513 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
29514 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
29515 ;;;;;; (18893 13106))
29516 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29518 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29519 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29520 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29521 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29522 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29523 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29525 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29527 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29528 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
29530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29532 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29533 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29534 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29535 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29537 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29539 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29540 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29541 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29542 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29543 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29544 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29545 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29546 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29547 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29549 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
29551 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29552 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29553 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29556 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29558 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29561 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29565 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
29566 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (18787 48936))
29567 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29569 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
29570 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
29571 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
29572 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
29573 CBARGS as the arguments.
29575 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29577 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
29580 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29582 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
29584 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
29587 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
29589 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
29590 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
29591 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
29593 Property list members:
29596 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
29600 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
29604 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
29607 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
29610 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
29611 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
29612 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
29615 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29617 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
29618 Default HTTPS port.")
29620 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
29621 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
29622 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29624 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29625 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29626 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29627 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29628 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29632 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (18787 48936))
29633 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29635 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29638 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29642 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (18787
29644 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29646 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29647 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29648 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29649 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29650 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29652 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29656 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29657 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
29658 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29660 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29663 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29665 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29666 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29668 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29672 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29673 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (18787 48937))
29674 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29676 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29677 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29679 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29681 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29682 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29684 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29686 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29689 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29691 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29693 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29695 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29697 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29698 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29700 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29704 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29705 ;;;;;; (18787 48937))
29706 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29708 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29711 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29713 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29716 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29720 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29721 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29722 ;;;;;; (18787 48937))
29723 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29725 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29728 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29730 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29733 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29735 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29738 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29740 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29743 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29745 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29748 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29750 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29753 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29755 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29758 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29762 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29763 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (18787 48937))
29764 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29766 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29767 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29769 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29771 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29772 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29773 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29774 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
29776 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29780 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29781 ;;;;;; (18787 48937))
29782 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29784 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29785 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29791 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29792 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29793 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29794 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29795 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29796 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29797 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (18834 13433))
29798 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29800 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29801 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29802 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29804 If t, all messages will be logged.
29805 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29806 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29808 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29810 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29813 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29815 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29818 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29820 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29821 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29822 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29823 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29824 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29830 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29832 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29833 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29834 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29836 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29838 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29839 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29840 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29842 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29844 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29845 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29847 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29849 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29850 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29854 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29855 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29859 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29864 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29867 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29869 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29872 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29874 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29876 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29877 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29879 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29881 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29882 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29884 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29886 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29889 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29891 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29892 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29893 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29894 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29895 forbidden in URL encoding.
29897 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29899 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29900 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29901 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29902 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29903 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29904 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29906 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29908 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29909 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29910 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29911 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29913 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29915 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29916 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29917 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29919 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29921 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29922 View the current document's URL.
29923 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29926 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29928 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29932 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29933 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (18787 48918))
29934 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29936 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29937 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29938 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29939 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29940 to refrain from editing the file
29941 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29942 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29943 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29944 in any way you like.
29946 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29948 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29949 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29950 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29951 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29952 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29954 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29955 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29961 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29962 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29963 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (18787 48928))
29964 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29966 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29969 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29971 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29974 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29976 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29979 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29981 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29984 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29988 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29989 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29990 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
29991 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29993 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29994 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29995 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29996 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29998 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30000 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
30001 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
30002 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30004 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30006 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
30007 Uudecode region between START and END.
30008 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30010 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
30014 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-update-change-log
30015 ;;;;;; vc-rename-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
30016 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag
30017 ;;;;;; vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window vc-diff
30018 ;;;;;; vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
30019 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (18885 3376))
30020 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
30022 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
30023 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
30026 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
30028 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
30029 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
30030 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
30032 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30034 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
30035 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
30038 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30040 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
30041 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
30042 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
30044 For locking systems:
30045 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
30047 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
30048 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
30049 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
30050 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
30051 it performs a revert on that file.
30052 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
30053 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
30054 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
30055 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
30056 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
30057 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
30058 given the option to steal the lock(s).
30060 For merging systems:
30061 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
30062 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
30063 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
30064 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
30065 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
30066 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
30067 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
30068 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
30069 merge in the changes into your working copy.
30071 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
30073 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
30074 Register into a version control system.
30075 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
30076 Otherwise register the current file.
30077 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
30078 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
30080 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
30081 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
30082 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
30083 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
30084 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
30085 first backend that could register the file is used.
30087 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
30089 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
30090 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
30092 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30094 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
30095 Display diffs between file revisions.
30096 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30097 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30098 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30100 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30103 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30105 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
30106 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
30107 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
30108 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
30112 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
30113 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
30114 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30115 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30119 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30120 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
30121 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
30122 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30123 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
30124 from the current branch.
30126 See Info node `Merging'.
30130 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30132 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30133 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30134 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30135 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30136 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30137 checked out in that new branch.
30139 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30141 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30142 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
30143 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
30144 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30145 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30146 allowed and simply skipped).
30148 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30150 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30151 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30152 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
30154 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION)" t nil)
30156 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30157 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30158 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30159 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30163 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
30164 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
30165 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
30166 depending on the underlying version-control system.
30170 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30172 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
30173 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
30174 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
30175 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
30176 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
30177 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
30181 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30182 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30183 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30184 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30185 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30186 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30187 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30189 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30191 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30192 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30193 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30194 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30195 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30196 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30197 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30198 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30199 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30201 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30203 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30204 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
30206 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30208 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30209 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30210 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30213 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30215 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30216 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30217 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30219 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30220 log entries should be gathered.
30222 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30224 (autoload 'vc-trunk-p "vc" "\
30225 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
30227 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30229 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30230 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30232 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30236 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc-annotate.el" (18869
30238 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-annotate.el
30240 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30241 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
30243 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30244 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30245 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30246 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30247 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30248 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30250 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30251 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number; then the buffer
30252 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30253 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30254 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30255 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30256 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30257 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30259 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30261 Customization variables:
30263 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30264 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30265 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30266 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30268 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO)" t nil)
30272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (18787 48918))
30273 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
30274 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
30275 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
30278 (vc-arch-registered file))))
30282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (18889 1423))
30283 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
30285 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30286 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30288 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
30289 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30290 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30293 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (18787 48919))
30298 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
30299 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30300 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30301 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30303 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30307 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc-dir.el" (18885 457))
30308 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dir.el
30310 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30311 Show the VC status for DIR.
30312 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30313 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30315 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30319 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc-dispatcher.el"
30320 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
30321 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dispatcher.el
30323 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30324 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30325 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30326 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30327 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30328 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30329 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30330 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30331 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30332 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30333 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30334 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30335 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30337 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (18875 4272))
30342 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
30343 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30344 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30345 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; short cut
30348 (vc-git-registered file))))
30352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (18799 16231))
30353 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
30354 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30355 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30356 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30359 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (18787 48919))
30364 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
30366 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
30368 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
30369 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30370 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30373 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30377 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
30378 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
30379 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
30381 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s") "\
30382 Where to look for RCS master files.
30383 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30385 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30387 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30391 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
30392 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
30393 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
30395 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir) "\
30396 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30397 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30399 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30400 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30402 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
30403 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30404 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30405 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (18834 13432))
30410 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
30411 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30412 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30413 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30416 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30417 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
30418 (file-name-directory f)))
30420 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30424 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
30425 ;;;;;; (18791 16532))
30426 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30427 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.vr[hi]?\\'" . vera-mode))
30429 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30430 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30435 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30436 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30437 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30438 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30440 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30441 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30442 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30445 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30446 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30448 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30449 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30451 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30452 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30453 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30455 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30461 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30462 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30464 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30466 Official distribution is at
30467 <http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html>.
30470 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30471 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30482 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30483 ;;;;;; (18836 39031))
30484 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30486 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30487 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30488 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30489 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30490 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30492 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30494 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30495 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30497 Supports highlighting.
30499 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30500 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30502 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30504 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30505 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30506 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30507 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30508 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30509 on the left side of your screen.
30510 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30511 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30512 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30513 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30514 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30515 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30517 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30518 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30519 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30520 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30523 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30524 Indentation for case statements.
30525 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30526 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30528 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30529 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30530 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30531 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30532 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30533 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30534 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30535 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30536 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30538 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30542 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30543 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30544 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30545 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30546 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30547 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30548 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30549 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30550 comments in tight quarters.
30551 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `(all))
30552 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30554 Variables controlling other actions:
30556 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30557 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30558 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30560 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30562 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30564 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30565 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30566 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30568 Some other functions are:
30570 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30571 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30572 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30573 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30574 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30576 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30577 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30578 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30579 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30581 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30582 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30583 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30584 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30585 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30586 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30587 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30588 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30589 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30590 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30591 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30592 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30593 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30594 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30595 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30596 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30597 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30598 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30599 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30600 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30601 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30602 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30603 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30604 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30605 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30606 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30607 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30608 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30610 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30611 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30613 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30619 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30620 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
30621 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30623 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30624 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30629 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30630 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30631 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30632 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30633 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30634 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30635 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30636 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30637 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
30639 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30640 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30641 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30642 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30644 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30645 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30646 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30647 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30648 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30650 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30651 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30655 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30656 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30657 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30661 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30662 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30663 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30664 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30666 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30667 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30668 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30669 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30670 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30674 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30675 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30676 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30677 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30679 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30680 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30681 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30682 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30683 beginning with \"std\").
30685 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30686 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30687 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30692 `--' puts a single comment.
30693 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30694 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30695 with a comment in between.
30696 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30697 out following lines.
30698 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30699 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30701 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30702 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30703 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30704 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30705 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30708 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30709 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30710 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30711 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30712 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30713 multi-line comments.
30717 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30718 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30719 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30720 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
30722 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30723 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30724 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30725 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30727 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30728 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30731 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30732 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30736 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30737 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30738 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30739 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30740 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30741 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30742 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30743 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30745 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30746 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30747 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30748 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30749 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30752 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30753 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30754 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30756 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30757 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30761 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30762 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30763 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30764 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30765 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30766 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30769 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30770 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30771 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30772 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30775 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30779 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30780 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30781 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30782 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30783 internal signal initializations (menu).
30785 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30786 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30787 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30789 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30790 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30791 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30792 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30793 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30794 in subsequent paste operations.)
30796 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30797 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30798 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30801 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30802 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30803 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30804 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30805 association list with formals).
30808 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30809 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30810 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30811 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30812 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30813 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30814 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30815 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30820 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30824 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30828 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30829 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30830 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30832 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30833 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30836 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30837 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30838 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30839 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30841 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30842 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30843 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30845 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30846 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30847 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30848 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30850 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30851 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30852 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30853 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30854 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30856 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30857 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30858 required by secondary units.
30861 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30862 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30863 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30864 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30865 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30866 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30867 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30868 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30869 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30870 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30871 inputs to this component -> input port created
30872 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30873 outputs from this component -> output port created
30874 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30875 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30877 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30878 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30879 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30880 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30881 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30883 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30884 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30886 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30887 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30888 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30889 component instantiation is also supported (option
30890 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30892 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30893 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30894 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30895 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30896 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30897 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30898 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30899 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30900 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30901 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30902 | generating the configuration.
30904 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30905 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30906 | configurations in speedbar.
30908 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30911 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30912 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30913 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30914 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30915 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30916 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30917 information. New compilers can be added.
30919 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30920 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30923 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30924 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30925 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30926 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30927 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30929 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30932 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30933 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30934 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30936 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30937 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30938 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30939 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30940 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30941 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30942 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30945 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30946 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30947 not (yet) supported.
30948 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30949 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30950 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30954 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30955 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30956 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30957 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30958 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30959 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30960 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30961 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30963 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30964 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30965 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30966 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30967 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30968 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30969 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30970 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30971 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30972 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30973 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30977 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30978 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30979 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30980 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30981 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30982 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30983 current directory for VHDL source files.
30987 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30988 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30992 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30993 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30994 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30995 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30996 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30997 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30998 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30999 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
31002 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
31003 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
31004 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
31005 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
31006 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
31007 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
31008 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
31010 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
31011 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
31012 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
31013 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
31014 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
31015 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
31017 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
31018 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
31019 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
31020 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
31021 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
31024 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
31025 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
31026 highlighted if written in lower case.
31028 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
31029 highlighted using a different background color if option
31030 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
31032 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
31033 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
31034 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
31035 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
31036 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
31040 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
31041 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
31042 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
31046 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
31047 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
31048 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
31049 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
31050 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
31054 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
31055 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
31057 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
31058 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
31059 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
31060 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
31061 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
31062 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
31063 (used to obtain the port names).
31067 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
31068 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
31072 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
31073 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
31074 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
31075 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
31076 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
31077 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
31078 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31083 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31084 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31085 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31086 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31087 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31089 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31090 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
31091 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31092 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31093 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31096 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31097 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
31101 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31102 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31103 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31105 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
31109 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31110 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31112 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31114 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31116 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31120 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31126 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
31127 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31129 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31131 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31132 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31133 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31134 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31136 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31137 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
31138 where the latest version can be found.
31144 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
31145 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31146 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31149 The VHDL Mode Authors
31150 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31161 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (18791 16518))
31162 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
31164 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
31165 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
31166 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
31167 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
31169 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
31170 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
31171 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
31172 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
31173 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
31175 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
31176 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
31178 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
31180 * Limitations and unsupported features
31181 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
31183 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
31184 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
31187 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
31188 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
31189 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
31190 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
31191 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
31192 for undoing a repeated change command.
31193 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
31194 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
31195 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
31198 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
31199 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
31200 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
31201 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
31202 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
31203 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
31204 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
31205 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
31207 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
31213 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
31214 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
31215 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
31216 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (18787 48929))
31217 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31219 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31220 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31222 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31224 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31225 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31226 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31227 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31229 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31231 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31232 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31236 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31237 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31238 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31239 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31241 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31243 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31244 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31248 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31251 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31253 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31256 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31260 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
31261 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
31262 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
31263 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
31264 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (18787 48919))
31265 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31267 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31268 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31269 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31271 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31273 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31274 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31275 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31276 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31278 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31280 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31281 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31283 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31285 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31286 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31287 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31288 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31289 moving around in the buffer.
31290 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31291 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31293 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31297 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31298 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31299 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31300 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31302 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31303 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31304 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31305 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31306 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31308 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31312 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31313 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31314 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31315 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31318 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31319 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31320 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31321 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31322 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31324 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31328 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31329 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31330 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31331 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31332 moving around in the buffer.
31333 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31334 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31336 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31338 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31339 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31340 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31342 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31343 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31344 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31345 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31347 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31349 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31350 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31351 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31352 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31353 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31354 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31355 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31356 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31358 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31360 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31361 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31362 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31364 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31366 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31367 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31368 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31369 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31370 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31371 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31372 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31373 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31375 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31377 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31378 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31379 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31381 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31383 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31384 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31385 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
31388 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
31389 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
31390 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
31393 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
31394 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
31395 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
31396 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
31397 commands default to a repeat count of one.
31399 H, h, ? This message.
31400 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31401 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31402 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31403 > move to the end of buffer.
31404 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31405 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31406 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31407 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31408 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31409 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31410 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31411 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31412 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31413 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31414 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31415 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31416 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31417 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31418 Use this to view a changing file.
31419 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31420 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31421 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31423 x exchanges point and mark.
31424 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31425 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31426 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31427 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31428 ' go to position saved in character register.
31429 s do forward incremental search.
31430 r do reverse incremental search.
31431 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31432 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31433 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31434 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31435 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31436 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31437 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31438 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31439 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31440 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31441 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31442 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31443 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31444 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31445 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31446 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31447 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31449 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31450 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31451 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31452 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31453 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31454 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31455 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31456 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31457 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31459 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31461 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31463 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31464 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31465 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31466 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31467 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
31468 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31469 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31470 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31471 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31473 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31475 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31476 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31477 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
31478 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
31479 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
31480 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31481 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31483 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
31484 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
31485 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
31486 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
31487 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
31489 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
31490 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
31492 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
31493 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
31494 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
31495 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
31497 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31499 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31501 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31503 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31504 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31510 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (18791
31512 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31514 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31515 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31519 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31520 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31526 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31527 ;;;;;; (18791 16518))
31528 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31530 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31531 Toggle Viper on/off.
31532 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31536 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31537 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31543 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31544 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
31545 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31547 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31548 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31549 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31550 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31551 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31552 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31553 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31554 the beginning of the warning.")
31556 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31557 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31558 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31559 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31560 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31561 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31562 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31563 also call that function before the next warning.")
31565 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31566 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31568 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
31569 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31570 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31571 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31573 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31574 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31575 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31576 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31577 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31578 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31580 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31581 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31582 Default is :warning.
31584 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31585 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31586 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31587 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31588 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31589 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31591 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31592 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31593 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31595 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31597 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31598 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31600 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31602 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31603 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31604 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31605 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31607 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31608 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31609 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31610 can be whatever you like.)
31612 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31613 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31615 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31616 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31617 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31618 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31619 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31621 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31623 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31624 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31625 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31626 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31627 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31629 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31633 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31634 ;;;;;; (18791 16514))
31635 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31637 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31638 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
31639 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31640 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
31641 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
31650 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (18787 48931))
31651 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31653 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31654 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31656 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31659 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31666 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31667 ;;;;;; (18787 48935))
31668 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31669 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31670 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31672 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
31674 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31675 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31676 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31677 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31678 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31679 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31681 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31683 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31684 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
31685 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
31686 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
31688 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
31691 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31695 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31696 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31697 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
31698 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (18787 48919))
31699 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31701 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31702 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
31704 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31705 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31706 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31707 Only useful with a windowing system.
31709 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31710 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31712 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31714 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31715 Toggle NEWLINE minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
31717 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31718 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31719 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31720 Only useful with a windowing system.
31722 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31723 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31724 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31725 use `whitespace-mode'.
31727 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31731 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31732 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31733 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31734 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31735 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31736 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31738 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31740 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31741 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
31743 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31744 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31745 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31746 Only useful with a windowing system.
31748 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31749 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31753 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31754 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31755 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31756 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31757 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31758 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31760 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31762 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31763 Toggle NEWLINE global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
31765 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31766 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31767 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31768 Only useful with a windowing system.
31770 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31771 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31772 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31773 please, use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31775 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31779 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31780 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31782 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31783 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31785 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31786 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31788 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31792 t toggle TAB visualization
31793 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31794 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31795 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31796 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31797 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31798 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31799 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31800 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31801 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31802 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31803 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31804 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31805 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31806 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31807 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31809 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31810 T toggle TAB visualization
31811 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31812 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31814 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31815 ? display brief help
31817 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31818 The valid symbols are:
31820 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31821 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31822 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31823 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31824 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31825 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31826 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31827 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31828 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31829 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31830 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31831 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31832 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31833 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31834 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31835 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31837 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31838 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31839 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31841 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31843 Only useful with a windowing system.
31845 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31849 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31850 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31852 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31853 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31855 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31856 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31858 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31862 t toggle TAB visualization
31863 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31864 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31865 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31866 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31867 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31868 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31869 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31870 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31871 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31872 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31873 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31874 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31875 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31876 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31877 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31879 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31880 T toggle TAB visualization
31881 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31882 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31884 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31885 ? display brief help
31887 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31888 The valid symbols are:
31890 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31891 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31892 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31893 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31894 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31895 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31896 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31897 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31898 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31899 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31900 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31901 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31902 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31903 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31904 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31905 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31907 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31908 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31909 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31911 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31913 Only useful with a windowing system.
31915 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31919 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31920 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31922 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31923 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31924 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31925 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31926 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31928 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31930 The problems cleaned up are:
31932 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31933 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31934 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31935 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31937 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31938 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31939 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31940 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31942 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31943 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31944 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31945 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31947 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31948 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31949 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31950 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31951 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31952 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31953 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31954 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31956 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31957 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31958 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31960 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31961 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31962 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31963 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31964 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31965 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31966 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31967 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31969 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31974 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31975 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31977 The problems cleaned up are:
31979 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31980 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31981 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31982 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31984 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31985 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31986 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31987 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31989 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31990 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31991 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31992 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31993 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31994 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31995 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31996 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31998 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31999 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32000 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32002 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32003 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32004 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32005 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32006 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32007 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32008 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32009 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32011 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32014 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32016 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
32017 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
32019 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32022 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32023 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
32024 `whitespace-style' to have:
32032 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32033 whitespace problems in buffer.
32035 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32037 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32038 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32039 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32040 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32041 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32042 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32043 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32045 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32046 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32047 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32048 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32049 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32050 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32051 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32053 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32054 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32055 cleaning up these problems.
32057 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32059 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
32060 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
32062 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32065 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32066 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
32067 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
32075 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32076 whitespace problems in buffer.
32078 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32080 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32081 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32082 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32083 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32084 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32085 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32086 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32088 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32089 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32090 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32091 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32092 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32093 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32094 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32096 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32097 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32098 cleaning up these problems.
32100 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32104 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
32105 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (18787 48919))
32106 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
32108 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
32109 Browse the widget under point.
32113 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
32114 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32116 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32118 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32119 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32121 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32123 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32124 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
32125 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32127 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32131 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
32132 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (18889
32134 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32136 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32137 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32139 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32141 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32142 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32143 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32145 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32147 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32148 Create widget of TYPE.
32149 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32151 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32153 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32156 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32158 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32159 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32161 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32163 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "
\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'advertised-widget-backward) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32164 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32165 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
32167 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32168 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32174 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
32175 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (18787
32177 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32179 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32180 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32181 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32182 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32183 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32184 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32185 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32187 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32189 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32190 Select the window above the current one.
32191 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32192 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32193 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32194 negative ARG) of the current window.
32195 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32199 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32200 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32201 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32202 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32203 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32204 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32205 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32209 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32210 Select the window below the current one.
32211 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32212 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32213 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32214 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32215 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32219 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32220 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32221 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32222 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
32224 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32228 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
32229 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
32230 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32232 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32233 Toggle Winner mode.
32234 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32235 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
32237 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32239 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32240 Toggle Winner mode.
32241 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32247 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman woman-locale)
32248 ;;;;;; "woman" "woman.el" (18867 59895))
32249 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32251 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32252 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32253 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32254 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32255 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32257 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32259 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32260 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32261 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32262 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32263 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32264 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32265 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32266 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32268 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32269 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32271 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32273 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32274 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32278 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32279 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32280 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32281 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32282 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32283 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32284 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32285 `woman' command for further details.
32287 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32291 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
32292 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
32293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
32295 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
32296 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
32299 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
32300 are not implemented
32301 - Options for search and replace
32302 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
32303 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
32305 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
32308 The key bindings are:
32318 C-i indent-for-tab-command
32320 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
32321 C-l ws-repeat-search
32324 C-r scroll-down-line
32331 C-y kill-complete-line
32334 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
32335 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
32336 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
32337 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
32338 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
32339 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
32340 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
32341 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
32342 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
32343 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
32344 C-k b ws-begin-block
32345 C-k c ws-copy-block
32346 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
32348 C-k h ws-show-markers
32349 C-k i ws-indent-block
32351 C-k p ws-print-block
32354 C-k s save-some-buffers
32356 C-k u ws-exdent-block
32357 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
32358 C-k v ws-move-block
32359 C-k w ws-write-block
32361 C-k y ws-delete-block
32363 C-o c wordstar-center-line
32364 C-o b switch-to-buffer
32365 C-o j justify-current-line
32368 C-o m auto-fill-mode
32369 C-o r set-fill-column
32370 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
32371 C-o wd delete-other-windows
32372 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
32373 C-o wo other-window
32374 C-o wv split-window-vertically
32376 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
32377 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
32378 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
32379 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
32380 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
32381 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
32382 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
32383 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
32384 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
32385 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
32386 C-q a ws-query-replace
32387 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
32388 C-q c end-of-buffer
32391 C-q k ws-to-block-end
32393 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
32394 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
32395 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
32396 C-q w ws-last-error
32398 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
32404 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (18787 48931))
32405 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
32407 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
32408 Perform an interactive search.
32409 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
32410 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
32411 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
32412 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
32414 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
32417 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
32419 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
32423 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
32424 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
32425 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32427 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32428 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32429 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
32430 Returns the top node with all its children.
32431 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32432 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32434 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32436 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32437 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32438 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32439 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
32440 is not well-formed XML.
32441 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
32442 and returned as the first element of the list.
32443 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32445 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32449 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
32450 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (18787 48932))
32451 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32453 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32454 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32455 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32456 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32457 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32458 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32459 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32460 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32461 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32462 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32464 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32468 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18827
32470 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32472 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32473 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32474 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32475 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32476 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32477 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32479 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32481 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32482 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32483 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
32486 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32487 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32488 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32489 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32490 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32491 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32493 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32497 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32498 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (18787 48928))
32499 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32501 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32502 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32504 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32506 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32507 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32513 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
32514 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (18787 48933))
32515 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
32517 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
32518 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
32520 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
32522 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
32523 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
32525 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
32527 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
32528 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
32529 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
32531 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32533 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
32534 Zippy goes to the analyst.
32540 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (18787 48933))
32541 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32543 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32544 Zone out, completely.
32550 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "bindings.el" "buff-menu.el"
32551 ;;;;;; "button.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
32552 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
32553 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
32554 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
32555 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
32556 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
32557 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el"
32558 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el"
32559 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
32560 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
32561 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
32562 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
32563 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
32564 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
32565 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
32566 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
32567 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
32568 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
32569 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
32570 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el"
32571 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el"
32572 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
32573 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
32574 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32575 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
32576 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el"
32577 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
32578 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
32579 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
32580 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
32581 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el"
32582 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el"
32583 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32584 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
32585 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32586 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
32587 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32588 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32589 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "epa-hook.el" "erc/erc-backend.el"
32590 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el"
32591 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
32592 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
32593 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
32594 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
32595 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32596 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32597 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
32598 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
32599 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "facemenu.el" "faces.el"
32600 ;;;;;; "files.el" "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format-spec.el"
32601 ;;;;;; "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "fringe.el"
32602 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "gnus/auth-source.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
32603 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
32604 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
32605 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
32606 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
32607 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
32608 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32609 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32610 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32611 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32612 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
32613 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32614 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el"
32615 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
32616 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
32617 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
32618 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
32619 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
32620 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
32621 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
32622 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32623 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
32624 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el" "hex-util.el"
32625 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/charprop.el"
32626 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
32627 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32628 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
32629 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el"
32630 ;;;;;; "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-category.el"
32631 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
32632 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
32633 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
32634 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
32635 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
32636 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
32637 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "json.el" "kermit.el"
32638 ;;;;;; "language/burmese.el" "language/cham.el" "language/chinese.el"
32639 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/english.el"
32640 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
32641 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/hebrew.el"
32642 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/khmer.el"
32643 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/misc-lang.el"
32644 ;;;;;; "language/romanian.el" "language/sinhala.el" "language/slovak.el"
32645 ;;;;;; "language/tai-viet.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
32646 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
32647 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
32648 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
32649 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32650 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32651 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32652 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32653 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32654 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32655 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32656 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "minibuffer.el" "mouse-copy.el"
32657 ;;;;;; "mouse.el" "net/dig.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32658 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32659 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32660 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el"
32661 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el"
32662 ;;;;;; "net/sasl.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32663 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-fish.el"
32664 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el"
32665 ;;;;;; "net/zeroconf.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32666 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32667 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32668 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32669 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32670 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
32671 ;;;;;; "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el" "org/org-faces.el"
32672 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-install.el"
32673 ;;;;;; "org/org-jsinfo.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-mac-message.el"
32674 ;;;;;; "org/org-macs.el" "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32675 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el"
32676 ;;;;;; "password-cache.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el"
32677 ;;;;;; "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el"
32678 ;;;;;; "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el"
32679 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32680 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32681 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32682 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32683 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32684 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32685 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32686 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32687 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el"
32688 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el"
32689 ;;;;;; "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "subr.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32690 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32691 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32692 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32693 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32694 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
32695 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
32696 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
32697 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32698 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc-dav.el"
32699 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el"
32700 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el")
32701 ;;;;;; (18897 30300 482362))
32705 (provide 'loaddefs)
32706 ;; Local Variables:
32707 ;; version-control: never
32708 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32709 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32712 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here